of_o that_o which_o he_o have_v as_o man_n but_o of_o that_o he_o have_v as_o redeemer_n of_o man_n and_o obtain_v by_o his_o suffering_n and_o resurrection_n lecumâ—_n in_o lecumâ—_n say_v maldonate_fw-it it_o be_v clear_a then_o christ_n be_v not_o king_n over_o the_o jew_n before_o his_o death_n because_o he_o have_v not_o his_o power_n then_o and_o how_o he_o be_v their_o king_n afterward_o when_o he_o quick_o leave_v the_o world_n and_o go_v up_o into_o heaven_n i_o desire_v to_o learn_v 3._o the_o power_n and_o law_n here_o mention_v be_v spiritual_a and_o refer_v to_o the_o spiritual_a kingdom_n of_o christ_n viz._n his_o church_n as_o teach_v all_o nation_n and_o baptize_v they_o in_o the_o name_n etc._n etc._n these_o be_v spiritual_a law_n and_o ordinance_n proceed_v from_o that_o power_n christ_n have_v give_v he_o to_o gather_v out_o of_o all_o nation_n those_o he_o have_v redeem_a by_o his_o death_n here_o he_o appoint_v mean_n for_o the_o gather_n preserve_a and_o rule_v his_o church_n but_o this_o be_v not_o the_o power_n our_o prophet_n speak_v of_o that_o be_v a_o political_a power_n such_o as_o david_n have_v and_o therefore_o it_o be_v say_v he_o shall_v sit_v in_o the_o throne_n of_o david_n his_o father_n luke_n 1.29_o act._n 2.30_o david_n throne_n be_v a_o external_a visible_a political_a throne_n christ_n throne_n in_o heaven_n his_o throne_n in_o the_o heart_n of_o believer_n his_o throne_n in_o the_o church_n be_v not_o the_o throne_n of_o david_n you_o may_v judge_v what_o kind_n of_o throne_n david_n be_v by_o jer._n 13.13_o chap._n 17.25_o chap._n 22.4.30_o 1_o king_n 2_o 12_o 24._o when_o david_n solomon_n and_o other_o sit_v in_o that_o throne_n they_o put_v man_n to_o death_n and_o make_v war_n which_o christ_n do_v not_o when_o he_o be_v here_o on_o earth_n verse_n 25._o and_o they_o shall_v dwell_v in_o the_o land_n that_o i_o have_v give_v unto_o jacob_n my_o servant_n wherein_o their_o father_n have_v dwell_v this_o be_v speak_v of_o the_o ten_o tribe_n together_o with_o judah_n and_o benjamin_n who_o shall_v return_v from_o their_o captivity_n and_o repossess_v the_o land_n of_o canaan_n that_o judah_n and_o benjamin_n do_v be_v clear_a from_o the_o scripture_n and_o grant_v on_o all_o side_n but_o that_o the_o ten_o tribe_n return_v be_v general_o deny_v and_o expect_v to_o this_o day_n to_o be_v make_v good_a the_o promise_n here_o be_v that_o the_o whole_a body_n of_o the_o jew_n even_o the_o house_n of_o judah_n and_o the_o house_n of_o israel_n shall_v come_v thither_o and_o dwell_v there_o jer._n 3.18_o in_o those_o day_n the_o house_n of_o judah_n shall_v walk_v with_o the_o house_n of_o israel_n and_o they_o shall_v come_v together_o out_o of_o the_o land_n of_o the_o north_n to_o the_o land_n that_o i_o have_v give_v for_o a_o inheritance_n to_o your_o father_n see_v jer._n 50.45_o ezek_n 9.13_o jer._n 30.3_o let_v not_o man_n think_v because_o christ_n have_v say_v mat._n 23.38_o your_o house_n be_v leave_v unto_o you_o desolate_a that_o therefore_o there_o be_v no_o hope_n of_o their_o return_v to_o their_o land_n for_o this_o be_v not_o speak_v of_o the_o ten_o tribe_n they_o be_v not_o there_o at_o jerusalem_n and_o revel_v 14.1_o the_o lamb_n stand_v on_o mount_n zion_n with_o 144000_o which_o be_v gather_v out_o of_o all_o the_o tribe_n of_o israel_n and_o the_o time_n be_v come_v when_o the_o jew_n shall_v see_v christ_n and_o say_v bless_a be_v he_o that_o come_v in_o the_o name_n of_o the_o lord_n matth._n 23._o and_o they_o shall_v dwell_v therein_o even_o they_o and_o their_o child_n and_o their_o child_n child_n for_o ever_o not_o only_o will_v god_n bring_v they_o into_o their_o land_n but_o continue_v they_o and_o they_o therein_o for_o ever_o the_o house_n of_o judah_n after_o her_o return_n from_o babylon_n continue_v in_o the_o land_n of_o promise_n some_o 600_o year_n for_o from_o the_o time_n of_o cyrus_n proclamation_n to_o christ_n be_v 560_o and_o about_o 40_o year_n after_o the_o death_n of_o christ_n be_v jerusalem_n destroy_v and_o the_o jew_n whole_o scatter_v these_o 600_o year_n the_o house_n of_o judah_n and_o her_o child_n enjoy_v but_o they_o fall_v short_a of_o what_o be_v promise_v here_o unto_o both_o house_n viz._n inherit_v of_o the_o land_n for_o ever_o and_o my_o servant_n david_n shall_v be_v their_o prince_n for_o ever_o david_n be_v dead_a long_o before_o messiah_n the_o lord_n christ_n be_v point_v out_o by_o david_n who_o shall_v be_v their_o prince_n and_o rule_v they_o as_o david_n do_v david_n be_v meek_a and_o gentle_a in_o his_o government_n 1_o chr._n 28.2_o faithful_n and_o wise_a psal_n 78.72_o righteous_a and_o just_a 2_o sam._n 8.15_o such_o a_o king_n shall_v christ_n be_v psal_n 45.4_o isa_n 11.4_o 5._o jer._n 23.5_o and_o whereas_o david_n kingdom_n be_v for_o a_o time_n some_o 40_o year_n the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n shall_v have_v no_o end_n he_o shall_v be_v their_o prince_n for_o ever_o all_o the_o king_n the_o jew_n ever_o have_v reign_v not_o 500_o year_n it_o be_v about_o 493_o but_o this_o prince_n shall_v exceed_v they_o all_o luk._n 1.33_o first_o observe_v there_o be_v a_o time_n wherein_o christ_n must_v reign_v over_o the_o jew_n they_o must_v be_v gather_v into_o one_o body_n and_o christ_n must_v be_v their_o king_n david_n my_o servant_n shall_v be_v king_n over_o they_o not_o only_o in_o a_o special_a way_n which_o hitherto_o he_o have_v not_o be_v but_o also_o in_o a_o visible_a political_a way_n for_o he_o must_v sit_v in_o the_o throne_n of_o david_n hence_o it_o be_v that_o christ_n say_v luke_n 22.29_o unto_o his_o apostle_n i_o appoint_v unto_o you_o a_o kingdom_n as_o my_o father_n have_v appoint_v unto_o i_o he_o do_v not_o say_v he_o have_v a_o kingdom_n but_o that_o a_o kingdom_n be_v appoint_v they_o and_o such_o a_o kingdom_n as_o shall_v be_v visible_a for_o ver_fw-la 30_o it_o follow_v that_o they_o may_v eat_v and_o drink_v at_o my_o table_n in_o my_o kingdom_n and_o sit_v on_o throne_n judge_v the_o twelve_o tribe_n of_o israel_n there_o be_v no_o table_n no_o eat_v no_o drink_v no_o tribe_n no_o judge_n of_o they_o in_o heaven_n in_o matth._n 19.18_o christ_n speak_v of_o twelve_o throne_n whereon_o the_o apostle_n shall_v sit_v and_o rule_v the_o twelve_o tribe_n of_o israel_n together_o with_o himself_o be_v in_o the_o throne_n of_o his_o glory_n and_o when_o shall_v this_o be_v in_o the_o regeneration_n when_o the_o jew_n shall_v be_v regenerate_v when_o the_o time_n of_o restitution_n of_o all_o thing_n shall_v be_v for_o the_o word_n shall_v be_v render_v thus_o they_o which_o have_v follow_v i_o and_o there_o stop_v in_o the_o regeneration_n when_o the_o son_n of_o man_n shall_v sit_v in_o the_o throne_n of_o his_o glory_n etc._n etc._n then_o shall_v the_o twelve_o tribe_n be_v there_o i_o be_v their_o king_n and_o you_o judge_n or_o ruler_n under_o i_o grotius_n read_v the_o word_n so_o and_o conceive_v they_o to_o be_v speak_v of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n who_o kingdom_n shall_v not_o be_v of_o jew_n only_o but_o of_o gentile_n also_o they_o shall_v be_v under_o this_o king_n psal_n 72.11_o all_o king_n shall_v fall_v down_o before_o he_o all_o nation_n shall_v serve_v he_o so_o that_o the_o lord_n shall_v be_v king_n over_o all_o the_o earth_n zech._n 14.9_o second_o observe_v there_o shall_v be_v no_o change_n and_o alteration_n in_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n by_o succession_n of_o prince_n there_o they_o all_o shall_v have_v one_o shepherd_n one_o prince_n we_o see_v great_a change_n in_o kingdom_n where_o they_o have_v king_n after_o king_n be_v it_o by_o election_n or_o succession_n when_o rehoboam_n succeed_v solomon_n what_o tumult_n and_o stir_n be_v then_o in_o the_o house_n of_o david_n so_o afterward_o in_o the_o house_n of_o joseph_n when_o baasha_n and_o jehu_n be_v choose_v king_n there_o shall_v be_v no_o such_o thing_n here_o one_o shepherd_n shall_v they_o have_v who_o shall_v rule_v they_o with_o righteousness_n and_o feed_v they_o with_o knowledge_n isa_n 40.11_o he_o shall_v deal_v like_o a_o good_a shepherd_n by_o they_o ezek._n 34.23_o three_o observe_v the_o subject_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n shall_v be_v holy_a they_o shall_v walk_v in_o my_o judgement_n and_o observe_v my_o statute_n and_o do_v they_o they_o who_o do_v the_o will_n of_o god_n they_o who_o keep_v his_o law_n they_o be_v innocent_a undefiled_a psal_n 119.1_o they_o be_v holy_a one_o the_o 144000_o which_o stand_v with_o the_o lamb_n on_o mount_n zion_n be_v virgin_n without_o guile_n without_o fault_n before_o the_o throne_n of_o god_n revel_v 14.1_o 4_o 5._o isa_n 60.21_o thy_o people_n shall_v be_v all_o righteous_a see_v zach._n
judah_n and_o his_o companion_n and_o on_o another_o stick_n for_o joseph_n ephraim_n or_o the_o house_n of_o israel_n and_o his_o companion_n not_o one_o of_o they_o be_v out_o of_o god_n thought_n their_o forefather_n have_v be_v 400_o year_n in_o egypt_n be_v tyrannize_v over_o by_o cruel_a taskmaster_n look_v upon_o as_o contemptible_a but_o the_o lord_n have_v a_o eye_n to_o they_o care_v and_o wrought_v for_o they_o they_o have_v now_o lie_v 1600_o year_n in_o darkness_n in_o a_o desolate_a and_o despise_a condition_n yet_o doubtless_o they_o be_v not_o forget_v god_n thought_n be_v upon_o they_o to_o do_v they_o good_a again_o four_o observe_v typical_a and_o obscure_a thing_n will_v excite_v man_n to_o inquire_v after_o the_o sense_n of_o they_o this_o be_v intimate_v in_o the_o 18._o ver_fw-la when_o the_o child_n of_o thy_o people_n shall_v speak_v unto_o thou_o say_v will_v thou_o not_o show_v we_o what_o thou_o mean_v by_o these_o god_n know_v they_o will_v inquire_v common_a thing_n be_v neglect_v but_o thing_n strange_a and_o mysterious_a be_v dive_v into_o seek_v after_o when_o ezekiel_n be_v to_o dig_v through_o the_o wall_n cover_v his_o face_n and_o remove_v his_o stuff_n then_o the_o people_n be_v stir_v and_o say_v what_o do_v thou_o chap._n 12.9_o those_o typical_a action_n breed_v inquisitiveness_n in_o their_o spirit_n when_o the_o lord_n christ_n speak_v parable_n they_o seek_v to_o he_o to_o know_v the_o sense_n and_o meaning_n of_o they_o five_o observe_v god_n be_v please_v to_o direct_v his_o prophet_n and_o servant_n what_o to_o say_v unto_o the_o people_n when_o they_o come_v to_o question_v with_o they_o about_o thing_n if_o this_o people_n come_v to_o ezekiel_n to_o know_v what_o he_o mean_v by_o the_o two_o stick_n his_o writing_n upon_o they_o and_o hold_v they_o in_o his_o hand_n the_o lord_n tell_v he_o what_o he_o shall_v say_v unto_o they_o say_v thus_o say_v the_o lord_n god_n behold_v i_o will_v take_v the_o stick_n of_o joseph_n which_o be_v in_o the_o hand_n of_o ephraim_n etc._n etc._n when_o god_n send_v moses_n unto_o the_o people_n he_o be_v timorous_a lest_o he_o shall_v not_o know_v what_o to_o say_v to_o the_o people_n how_o to_o answer_v their_o question_n but_o see_v how_o god_n direct_v and_o instruct_v he_o exod._n 3.13_o 14._o moses_n say_v unto_o god_n when_o i_o come_v unto_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n and_o shall_v say_v unto_o they_o the_o god_n of_o your_o father_n have_v send_v i_o unto_o you_o and_o they_o shall_v say_v unto_o i_o what_o be_v his_o name_n what_o shall_v i_o say_v unto_o they_o i_o know_v not_o how_o to_o answer_v that_o question_n see_v what_o now_o follow_v and_o god_n say_v unto_o moses_n i_o be_o that_o i_o be_o and_o he_o say_v thus_o shall_v thou_o say_v i_o be_o have_v send_v i_o unto_o you_o thus_o god_n teach_v he_o what_o answer_n to_o give_v the_o people_n so_o ezek._n 14._o when_o the_o elder_n come_v to_o inquire_v somewhat_o of_o ezekiel_n god_n tell_v he_o what_o answer_n to_o give_v they_o it_o be_v give_v in_o of_o god_n by_o his_o spirit_n to_o the_o apostle_n what_o answer_n to_o give_v governor_n and_o ruler_n when_o they_o â—ere_z bring_v before_o they_o mat._n 10.19_o verse_n 20_o 21_o 21._o 20._o and_o the_o stick_n whereon_o thou_o write_v shall_v be_v in_o thy_o hand_n before_o their_o eye_n 21._o and_o say_v unto_o they_o thus_o say_v the_o lord_n god_n behold_v i_o will_v take_v the_o child_n of_o israel_n from_o among_o the_o heathen_a whither_o they_o be_v go_v and_o will_v gather_v they_o on_o every_o side_n and_o bring_v they_o into_o their_o own_o land_n 22._o and_o i_o will_v make_v they_o one_o nation_n in_o the_o land_n upon_o the_o mountain_n of_o israel_n and_o one_o king_n shall_v be_v king_n to_o they_o all_o and_o they_o shall_v be_v no_o more_o two_o nation_n neither_o shall_v they_o be_v divide_v into_o two_o kingdom_n any_o more_o at_o all_o the_o explication_n of_o the_o typical_a stick_n be_v lay_v down_o in_o these_o and_o the_o subsequent_a verse_n verse_n 20._o and_o the_o stick_n whereon_o thou_o write_v shall_v be_v in_o thy_o hand_n before_o their_o eye_n the_o prophet_n be_v not_o to_o do_v this_o private_o but_o to_o write_v upon_o the_o stick_n and_o to_o hold_v they_o in_o his_o hand_n so_o that_o all_o may_v see_v they_o and_o hereby_o be_v provoke_v to_o inquire_v what_o the_o mystery_n of_o they_o be_v and_o so_o become_v partaker_n of_o the_o consolation_n intend_v thereby_o verse_n 21._o behold_v i_o will_v take_v the_o child_n of_o israel_n from_o among_o the_o heathen_a whither_o they_o be_v go_v 〈◊〉_d this_o verse_n be_v promise_v the_o reduction_n of_o the_o twelve_o tribe_n comprehend_v under_o these_o word_n the_o child_n of_o israel_n out_o of_o all_o country_n where_o they_o be_v scatter_v into_o their_o own_o land_n not_o only_o judah_n and_o benjamin_n shall_v be_v gather_v up_o and_o bring_v into_o canaan_n again_o but_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o tribe_n also_o this_o be_v a_o great_a and_o gracious_a promise_n and_o will_v gather_v they_o on_o every_o side_n the_o ten_o tribe_n be_v carry_v away_o by_o shalmanezer_n be_v place_v in_o haloth_n and_o habor_n by_o the_o river_n gozan_n and_o in_o the_o city_n of_o the_o mede_n 2_o king_n 17.6_o they_o be_v seat_v in_o the_o utmost_a part_n of_o his_o dominion_n north_n and_o east_n and_o the_o other_o jew_n who_o nebuchadnezzer_n lead_v away_o captive_a be_v scatter_v up_o and_o down_o his_o manifold_a province_n as_o appear_v esth_n 3.8_o now_o god_n will_v look_v on_o every_o side_n and_o gather_v they_o up_o out_o of_o all_o quarter_n verse_n 22._o and_o i_o will_v make_v they_o one_o nation_n in_o the_o land_n upon_o the_o mountain_n of_o israel_n be_v bring_v into_o their_o land_n here_o god_n add_v three_o great_a promise_n more_o the_o first_o be_v unite_n of_o they_o into_o one_o nation_n who_o have_v some_o hundred_o of_o year_n be_v divide_v and_o at_o bitter_a enmity_n one_o against_o another_o and_o one_o king_n shall_v be_v king_n to_o they_o all_o after_o the_o division_n make_v by_o jeroboam_n you_o read_v of_o several_a king_n they_o have_v king_n of_o judah_n and_o king_n of_o israel_n there_o be_v two_o kingdom_n and_o divers_a king_n of_o they_o both_o but_o the_o kingdom_n be_v unite_v into_o one_o the_o lord_n promise_v they_o not_o a_o succession_n of_o king_n over_o they_o but_o one_o king_n to_o rule_n over_o they_o both_o they_o shall_v be_v one_o kingdom_n and_o have_v one_o king_n this_o be_v the_o second_o great_a promise_n and_o they_o shall_v be_v no_o more_o two_o nation_n neither_o shall_v they_o be_v divide_v into_o two_o kingdom_n any_o more_o at_o all_o this_o be_v the_o three_o promise_n and_o it_o be_v a_o great_a one_o also_o viz._n they_o shall_v continue_v a_o kingdom_n one_o kingdom_n and_o never_o be_v tear_v or_o rend_v in_o piece_n any_o more_o there_o shall_v be_v no_o rehoboam_n or_o jeroboam_n to_o cause_v division_n in_o it_o it_o will_v add_v some_o light_n to_o the_o word_n under_o consideration_n if_o we_o make_v inquiry_n whether_o the_o type_n of_o the_o two_o stick_n be_v fulfil_v by_o the_o incorporate_n of_o the_o two_o nation_n into_o one_o and_o make_v of_o they_o one_o kingdom_n it_o be_v affirm_v by_o some_o that_o this_o hieroglyphical_a prophecy_n be_v fulfil_v at_o the_o return_n of_o the_o two_o tribe_n out_o of_o babylon_n for_o than_o cyrus_n king_n of_o persia_n make_v a_o proclamation_n throughout_o all_o his_o kingdom_n to_o this_o purpose_n thus_o say_v cyrus_n king_n of_o persia_n all_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o earth_n have_v the_o lord_n god_n of_o heaven_n give_v i_o and_o he_o have_v charge_v i_o to_o build_v he_o a_o house_n in_o jerusalem_n which_o be_v in_o judea_n who_o be_v there_o among_o you_o of_o all_o his_o people_n the_o lord_n his_o god_n be_v with_o he_o and_o â—â—t_v he_o go_v up_o 2_o chron._n 36.22_o 23._o the_o proclamation_n except_v no_o person_n no_o tribe_n but_o give_v full_a liberty_n unto_o all_o the_o ten_o tribe_n have_v be_v now_o 204._o year_n or_o there_o about_o in_o captivity_n it_o be_v likely_a be_v weary_a of_o their_o condition_n and_o so_o willing_a to_o return_v into_o their_o own_o country_n and_o so_o they_o take_v the_o opportunity_n before_o they_o for_o it_o be_v evident_a that_o some_o of_o the_o ten_o tribe_n do_v â—eturn_v to_o jerusalem_n of_o the_o levite_n there_o be_v 74._o ezra_n 2.40_o nehem._n 7.43_o and_o of_o the_o priest_n who_o be_v of_o that_o tribe_n as_o appear_v 1_o chron._n 24.1_o 2_o 7._o exod._n 6.16_o 18_o 20._o &_o nehem_n 7.39_o there_o be_v 973._o paul_n be_v of_o the_o tâ—â—â—e_n of_o benjamin_n
upon_o his_o people_n 595._o bear_n long_o with_o the_o worst_a of_o man_n 420._o determine_v thing_n most_o free_a and_o contingent_a 208._o discover_v plot_n of_o enemy_n ibid._n know_v infallible_o thing_n to_o come_v 217._o when_o god_n manifest_v his_o love_n and_o wrath_n 225._o can_v easy_o raise_v force_n against_o his_o enemy_n 229._o and_o easy_o ruin_v army_n 227._o have_v various_a way_n to_o do_v it_o 228._o convince_v the_o wicked_a when_o in_o affliction_n 266._o who_o god_n will_v honour_v 391_o godly_a no_o condition_n so_o grievous_a to_o they_o but_o shall_v end_v comfortable_o 375_o godliness_n to_o who_o a_o delight_n 361_o gog_n who_o 488_o 489._o whence_o he_o come_v 212._o prophesy_v of_o before_o 216._o not_o antiochus_n 224._o dreadful_a judgement_n upon_o he_o 226._o great_a 232._o where_o bury_a 247_o goodman_n must_v be_v good_a before_o they_o can_v do_v good_a 366_o gospel_n christ_n voice_n in_o it_o strong_a irresistible_a efficacious_a 394._o earth_n shine_v with_o the_o glory_n of_o it_o ibid._n it_o preserve_v order_n be_v not_o level_v 405._o like_a water_n and_o wherein_o 550_o 551_o 552._o into_o what_o part_n it_o go_v first_o 555._o it_o go_v where_o christ_n will_v 556_o 557._o gradual_o 558._o have_v depth_n in_o it_o 560._o its_o pure_a and_o sufficient_a of_o itself_o 561._o bring_v man_n unto_o god_n 569._o run_v like_o water_n 570._o without_o it_o what_o man_n be_v ib._n it_o cure_v and_o quicken_v 571._o fruitful_a 572_o grace_n will_v appear_v where_o it_o be_v 367._o work_n of_o it_o free_a 403_o liken_v to_o water_n and_o wherein_o 550_o 551_o 552._o gradualness_n in_o grace_n 559._o all_o in_o the_o church_n of_o free_a grace_n 〈◊〉_d it_o recal_n sinner_n 588_o 589_o great_a one_o have_v no_o cause_n to_o glory_v 84._o great_a go_v the_o wrong_a way_n 93._o shall_v bear_v their_o shame_n though_o after_o death_n ibid._n those_o that_o join_v with_o they_o in_o evil_n must_v suffer_v 228._o may_v lie_v unbury_v 260_o gild_n a_o heavy_a and_o consume_a thing_n 121_o h_n hand_n stretch_v out_o what_o it_o import_v 348_o 249._o lift_v up_o what_o 284_o god_n hand_n in_o man_n act_v against_o the_o church_n 237._o fill_v the_o hand_n what_o it_o import_v 376_o hailstone_n fire_n brimstone_n 223_o 224_o harel_a and_o hanriel_n what_o 371_o 372_o hatred_n the_o nature_n of_o it_o 253._o twofold_n 263._o it_o set_v other_o affection_n on_o work_n 264_o hearer_n how_o they_o carry_v it_o oft_o towards_o they_o they_o hear_v 164._o 165._o what_o the_o preacher_n be_v to_o they_o 170_o not_o rest_v in_o hear_v ibid._n heart_n most_o look_v at_o in_o worship_n 165_o carnal_a in_o spiritual_n 166._o heart_n and_o new_a what_o they_o note_v 317_o 318._o old_a by_o nature_n 322._o it_o be_v like_o a_o stone_n wherein_o 330_o 331_o 332._o the_o evil_a of_o it_o 333._o how_o cure_v 336_o heart_n it_o be_v god_n prerogative_n to_o alter_v heart_n 337._o its_o great_a mercy_n to_o have_v stony_a heart_n remove_v 338._o excellency_n of_o a_o tender_a heart_n 340_o mistake_n about_o a_o tender_a heart_n 342_o 343._o legal_a natural_a tenderness_n 24â—_n 244._o character_n of_o a_o tender_a heart_n 345_o 346._o how_o to_o keep_v it_o tender_v 347_o 348._o its_o a_o great_a mercy_n it_o be_v the_o gift_n of_o god_n 341_o heathen_n what_o convince_v they_o 310_o hell_n poor_a comfort_n there_o â—5_n 96_o high_a those_o high_a meet_v with_o most_o storm_n 328_o 329_o hin_n how_o much_o it_o contain_v 420_o holy_a thing_n to_o be_v lay_v in_o holy_a place_n 332_o 333._o those_o who_o have_v charge_n of_o they_o must_v be_v exact_a 387._o not_o to_o be_v buy_v and_o sell_v 392_o holiness_n the_o law_n of_o god_n house_n 368_o hope_n what_o 439_o horn_n of_o the_o altar_n what_o they_o signify_v 371_o house_n of_o israel_n 242_o 408_o husbandry_n god_n work_n 396_o 397_o hypocrite_n will_v be_v discover_v 164_o i_o idol_n ruin_v state_n 25._o defile_v 298._o idolatry_n loathsome_a to_o god_n 300._o it_o defile_v more_o than_o other_o sin_n 316._o they_o be_v karcass_n 355._o a_o wall_n between_o god_n and_o man_n 357_o jealousy_n to_o speak_v in_o the_o fire_n of_o it_o what_o 282._o what_o be_v in_o jealousy_n 225._o it_o break_v through_o all_o 269_o jerusalem_n high_o esteem_v by_o the_o lord_n 352_o 353._o in_o new_a jerusalem_n shall_v be_v no_o invention_n of_o man_n etc._n etc._n 357._o no_o night_n there_o 358_o new_a jerusalem_n exceed_v ezekiel_n city_n 604_o jew_n there_o conversion_n we_o may_v expect_v and_o pray_v for_o 462._o shall_v repossess_v their_o land_n 463_o 480._o give_v to_o idolatry_n 465._o shall_v be_v full_o gather_v 270_o 271_o there_o be_v a_o day_n of_o mercy_n for_o all_o the_o jew_n 272._o for_o last_a mercy_n 275_o offer_n of_o mercy_n to_o they_o first_o 584._o shall_v come_v to_o zion_n 589_o ignorance_n remedy_n for_o the_o sin_n of_o ignorance_n 417_o 418_o impenitency_n exclude_v from_o temple_n mercy_n 364_o impossibles_fw-fr to_o man_n not_o so_o to_o god_n 374_o infamous_a they_o that_o make_v so_o shall_v be_v make_v so_o 286_o 287_o inheritance_n one_o to_o jew_n and_o gentile_n 585_o institution_n of_o god_n like_o post_n and_o threshold_n 356._o man_n must_v not_o make_v any_o like_o they_o ibid._n interrogation_n argue_v not_o ignorance_n in_o god_n 426_o judgement_n public_a troublesome_a to_o neighbour_n nation_n 13._o they_o make_v god_n know_v 12._o in_o the_o forest_n some_o escape_n ibid._n 143._o former_a not_o to_o be_v forget_v 13._o suitable_a instrument_n execute_v they_o 17._o nothing_o can_v we_o cure_v from_o they_o 26_o 157._o they_o convince_v of_o the_o equity_n of_o god_n way_n 158._o threaten_v take_v place_n 172._o they_o be_v oft_o lengthen_v out_o answerable_a to_o the_o time_n of_o man_n sin_v 258._o what_o ever_o they_o be_v god_n be_v righteous_a 301._o end_n of_o they_o 230_o 262._o they_o begin_v but_o end_v not_o at_o god_n house_n 395_o 396._o god_n execute_v some_o signal_n judgement_n 258._o impartial_a 259._o judgement_n upon_o the_o wicked_a be_v engage_v mercy_n to_o the_o godly_a 263_o justification_n what_o 315_o k_o kadash_n note_v sanctify_a and_o pollute_v 546_o king_n and_o kingdom_n there_o flourish_v and_o perish_v in_o from_o the_o lord_n 34._o tyrannical_a king_n oft_o have_v bad_a end_n 35_o king_n be_v apt_a to_o be_v lift_v up_o with_o their_o greatness_n 38._o 39_o must_v be_v tell_v of_o their_o sin_n 39_o its_o the_o lord_n make_v they_o great_a 246._o have_v need_n of_o money_n to_o uphold_v they_o ibid._n what_o bring_v dreadful_a judgement_n upon_o they_o 53â—_n why_o destroy_v 55_o 69._o they_o be_v light_n and_o when_o put_v our_o sad_a event_n follow_v 73._o 74_o kingdom_n no_o succession_n in_o christ_n kingdom_n 479_o subject_n of_o it_o holy_a ibid._n knowledge_n not_o all_o a_o â—once_n 553_o 564._o l_o lamentation_n for_o siâ—s_n and_o ruin_n of_o other_o be_v from_o the_o lord_n 65_o land_n land_n in_o league_n 6._o god_n have_v way_n to_o empty_a land_n 16._o they_o be_v his_o to_o dispose_v of_o 18_o 261_o 262_o 376._o he_o can_v deprive_v they_o of_o their_o prince_n 26._o make_v exemplary_a with_o judgement_n 27._o what_o waste_v land_n 157._o what_o ever_o condition_n it_o be_v in_o god_n be_v there_o 262._o your_o own_o sin_n bring_v desolation_n 274_o 301_o 3â—2_n their_o fruitfulness_n depend_v upon_o the_o lord_n 293._o desolate_a shall_v not_o always_o lie_v so_o 39â—_n god_n have_v a_o peculiarity_n in_o some_o land_n 214_o last_o make_v first_o 587_o 588._o law_n what_o 363._o of_o god_n house_n why_o to_o be_v make_v know_v 366._o chief_a to_o be_v observe_v 368_o liberty_n of_o speak_v be_v from_o god_n 145_o life_n in_o the_o hand_n of_o god_n and_o death_n also_o 112._o what_o be_v the_o principle_n of_o spiritual_a life_n and_o motion_n 365._o its_o short_a 539_o liâ—e_z 285._o what_o 291._o man_n line_n must_v not_o be_v in_o temple_n measuring_n 292_o lion_n of_o god_n who_o 372_o loath_a what_o in_o it_o 384._o when_o man_n loathe_v themselves_o for_o their_o sin_n 385_o look_n forbid_v to_o priest_n 393_o lybia_n whence_o so_o call_v 5_o lydia_n whence_o so_o name_v ib._n m._n magistrate_n good_a what_o they_o be_v 413_o magnify_v when_o god_n magnify_v himself_o 229_o mathematician_n who_o fit_a for_o spiritual_a one_o 261_o man_n though_o spare_v long_o shall_v suffer_v 101_o marriage_n who_o the_o priest_n be_v and_o be_v not_o to_o marry_v 394_o material_n of_o the_o church_n must_v be_v holy_a 368_o mean_n what_o ever_o use_v god_n do_v all_o 434_o 435_o mercy_n temporal_a not_o merit_v 308._o choice_a mercy_n make_v man_n renounce_v former_a defilement_n 468._o mercy_n gradual_o carry_v on_o 450._o work_n more_o than_o judgement_n 384_o messiah_n upon_o what_o account_n
cyrenean_n against_o who_o pharaoh_n lead_v out_o a_o army_n which_o they_o overthrow_v and_o the_o civil_a war_n among_o they_o after_o that_o victory_n they_o be_v so_o consume_v and_o weaken_v juni_fw-la chap._n 29.4_o vid._n juni_fw-la that_o they_o have_v not_o heart_n nor_o mean_n to_o defend_v themselves_o against_o nabuchadnezzar_n when_o he_o invade_v they_o i_o will_v cause_v the_o sword_n to_o fall_v out_o of_o his_o hand_n when_o a_o arm_n be_v break_v the_o hand_n be_v disable_v from_o hold_v any_o thing_n so_o pharaoh_n have_v his_o arm_n break_v syria_n and_o egypt_n the_o sword_n shall_v fall_v out_o of_o his_o hand_n he_o shall_v not_o be_v able_a any_o more_o to_o make_v war_n he_o shall_v neither_o have_v force_n in_o the_o one_o kingdom_n or_o the_o other_o to_o do_v he_o service_n or_o thus_o if_o he_o do_v get_v up_o some_o force_n and_o engage_v with_o the_o babylonian_n god_n will_v so_o order_v thing_n that_o the_o egyptian_n shall_v be_v overcome_v throw_v down_o their_o arm_n cry_v for_o quarter_n or_o fly_v for_o safety_n verse_n 23._o and_o i_o will_v scatter_v the_o egyptian_n among_o the_o nation_n the_o hebrew_n word_n for_o to_o scatter_v be_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d put_v which_o signify_v confringi_fw-la cum_fw-la dispersione_n to_o be_v break_v and_o disperse_v he_o speak_v before_o of_o the_o break_a pharaoh_n force_n and_o now_o say_v they_o shall_v be_v scatter_v some_o run_v one_o way_n some_o another_o some_o carry_v into_o one_o part_n of_o babylon_n some_o into_o another_o and_o disperse_v they_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d sarah_n which_o be_v the_o hebrew_n word_n signify_v to_o disperse_v by_o break_v in_o piece_n and_o also_o by_o fan_v the_o septuagint_n have_v it_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d i_o will_v fan_v they_o and_o so_o lavater_n piscator_fw-la and_o the_o vulgar_a render_v the_o word_n god_n will_v fan_v they_o as_o chaff_n out_o of_o the_o land_n of_o egypt_n and_o drive_v they_o from_o country_n to_o country_n as_o the_o wind_n drive_v chaff_n from_o place_n to_o place_n verse_n 24._o and_o i_o will_v strengthen_v the_o arm_n of_o the_o king_n of_o babylon_n chizzikti_fw-la montanus_n render_v it_o comfortabo_fw-la i_o will_v comfort_v vatablus_n noborabo_o i_o will_v make_v strong_a jun._n and_o pisca_n confirmabo_fw-la i_o will_v confirm_v the_o french_a fortifiray_fw-fr i_o will_v fortify_v the_o septuag_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d i_o will_v harden_v the_o word_n chazak_n say_v kirker_n signify_v proper_o firmam_fw-la apprehensionem_fw-la such_o a_o take_a hold_n of_o a_o man_n as_o thereby_o to_o confirm_v his_o spirit_n and_o to_o strengthen_v he_o god_n will_v take_v hold_n of_o nabuchadnezzar_n and_o his_o force_n so_o as_o to_o add_v spirit_n courage_n and_o strength_n unto_o they_o he_o will_v be_v on_o their_o side_n and_o make_v they_o victorious_a he_o be_v against_o pharaoh_n break_v his_o arm_n weaken_v he_o but_o he_o will_v be_v with_o nabuchadnezzar_n uphold_v he_o and_o make_v his_o arm_n strong_a and_o put_v my_o sword_n in_o his_o hand_n i_o will_v furnish_v he_o with_o all_o military_a instrument_n and_o sufficiency_n of_o power_n to_o execute_v my_o judgement_n upon_o egypt_n and_o upon_o pharaoh_n king_n thereof_o god_n will_v make_v the_o sword_n fall_v out_o of_o his_o hand_n but_o he_o will_v put_v one_o into_o nebuchadnezar_n hand_n but_o i_o will_v break_v pharaoh_n arms._n let_v they_o be_v strong_a and_o brawny_a i_o will_v break_v they_o as_o wood_n bone_n earthen_a vessel_n be_v wont_a to_o be_v break_v he_o be_v proud_a confident_a and_o think_v himself_o able_a to_o withstand_v the_o king_n of_o babylon_n but_o by_o he_o will_v i_o break_v all_o his_o force_n and_o so_o break_v they_o that_o he_o shall_v groan_v before_o he_o with_o the_o groan_n of_o a_o deadly_a wound_a man_n the_o hebrew_n run_v thus_o he_o shall_v cry_v with_o cry_n be_v deadly_o wound_v before_o he_o piscator_fw-la look_v to_o the_o former_a word_n i_o will_v break_v pharaoh_n arm_n render_v they_o thus_o that_o he_o may_v groan_v before_o he_o as_o a_o man_n groan_v be_v deadly_o wound_v when_o a_o man_n be_v chalal_n thrust_v through_o or_o deadly_o wound_v he_o fetch_v deep_a sigh_n and_o groan_n and_o pharaoh_n shall_v be_v so_o afflict_v with_o the_o king_n of_o babylon_n prevail_v against_o he_o that_o he_o shall_v great_o mourn_v and_o groan_v noak_n note_v such_o cry_v sigh_a groan_v as_o man_n make_v when_o they_o be_v wound_v unto_o death_n verse_n 25._o but_o i_o will_v strengthen_v the_o arm_n of_o the_o king_n of_o babylon_n and_o the_o arm_n of_o pharaoh_n shall_v fall_v down_o etc._n etc._n in_o this_o verse_n and_o the_o last_o there_o be_v little_a but_o what_o be_v say_v before_o the_o prophet_n repeat_v the_o same_o thing_n that_o so_o he_o may_v awaken_v the_o egyptian_n to_o consider_v what_o dreadful_a desolation_n be_v come_v upon_o they_o and_o beat_v off_o the_o jew_n from_o seek_v help_n at_o their_o hand_n who_o destruction_n be_v so_o certain_o determine_v by_o the_o lord_n and_o he_o shall_v stretch_v it_o out_o upon_o the_o land_n of_o egypt_n this_o stretch_v out_o may_v either_o refer_v to_o the_o stroke_n as_o when_o man_n will_v strike_v strong_a and_o deadly_a stroke_n they_o stretch_v out_o their_o arm_n that_o the_o stroke_n may_v be_v with_o more_o force_n upon_o the_o party_n to_o be_v smite_v or_o it_o may_v note_v the_o extent_n of_o the_o sword_n it_o shall_v be_v stretch_v out_o upon_o the_o whole_a land_n of_o egypt_n war_n shall_v consume_v the_o whole_a nation_n first_o observe_v man_n in_o affliction_n strict_o observe_v how_o the_o time_n pass_v away_o they_o mind_v the_o year_n month_n and_o day_n ezekiel_n be_v a_o captive_n in_o babylon_n and_o he_o keep_v account_n of_o the_o time_n in_o the_o eleven_o year_n the_o first_o month_n and_o seven_o day_n of_o it_o that_o be_v of_o their_o captivity_n he_o slip_v not_o a_o day_n but_o observe_v it_o and_o what_o fall_v out_o then_o the_o word_n of_o the_o lord_n come_v unto_o he_o affliction_n make_v good_a chronologer_n second_o observe_v the_o lord_n make_v good_a his_o word_n he_o have_v say_v by_o the_o mouth_n of_o david_n psal_n 37.17_o the_o arm_n of_o the_o wicked_a shall_v be_v break_v and_o here_o he_o say_v i_o have_v break_v the_o arm_n of_o pharaoh_n king_n of_o egypt_n he_o be_v a_o wicked_a king_n and_o god_n break_v his_o arms._n king_n who_o have_v great_a force_n great_a wealth_n numerous_a city_n and_o strong_a navy_n if_o they_o be_v wicked_a they_o and_o all_o they_o have_v be_v no_o more_o to_o god_n then_o one_o single_a man_n who_o arm_n god_n can_v easy_o break_v for_o he_o have_v a_o mighty_a arm_n psal_n 89.13_o and_o when_o he_o make_v it_o bare_a than_o it_o break_v king_n and_o kingdom_n arm_n and_o army_n in_o piece_n it_o be_v his_o arm_n that_o break_v the_o babylonian_a persian_a grecian_a and_o roman_a empire_n which_o be_v all_o wicked_a he_o break_v the_o arm_n of_o moab_n jer._n 48.25_o he_o will_v break_v the_o arm_n of_o antichrist_n and_o of_o all_o the_o prince_n of_o the_o earth_n which_o help_v he_o three_o observe_v god_n sometime_o so_o wound_v prince_n and_o state_n as_o that_o their_o wound_n be_v incurable_a i_o have_v break_v the_o arm_n of_o pharaoh_n and_o lo_o it_o shall_v not_o be_v bind_v up_o to_o be_v heal_v all_o the_o state-chyrurgeon_n and_o physician_n can_v not_o set_v the_o bone_n again_o and_o heal_v the_o wound_n much_o art_n and_o industry_n be_v use_v many_o plaster_n apply_v but_o all_o to_o no_o purpose_n for_o god_n have_v say_v it_o shall_v not_o be_v heal_v jer._n 46.11_o in_o vain_a shall_v they_o use_v many_o medicine_n for_o they_o shall_v not_o be_v cure_v it_o be_v speak_v of_o this_o pharaoh_n and_o the_o wound_n he_o have_v receive_v if_o god_n deny_v once_o to_o cure_v the_o wound_n he_o make_v those_o wound_n prove_v deadly_a not_o all_o the_o balm_n in_o gilead_n will_v cure_v they_o not_o all_o the_o wisdom_n riches_n strength_n of_o egypt_n can_v make_v pharaoh_n whole_a again_o if_o the_o lord_n himself_o do_v not_o bind_v up_o when_o he_o break_v heal_v where_o he_o wound_v nothing_o but_o death_n and_o dissolution_n follow_v four_o observe_v it_o be_v a_o dreadful_a thing_n to_o have_v the_o lord_n declare_v himself_o to_o be_v a_o enemy_n to_o a_o king_n to_o a_o state_n to_o any_o behold_v i_o be_o against_o pharaoh_n therefore_o what_o be_v break_v can_v not_o be_v heal_v and_o what_o be_v whole_a shall_v be_v break_v he_o shall_v be_v more_o and_o more_o disable_v his_o prince_n become_v fool_n his_o wise_a councillor_n brutish_a a_o perverse_a and_o seduce_a spirit_n be_v in_o the_o midst_n of_o they_o and_o
egypt_n be_v as_o woman_n fearful_a and_o weak_a like_o woman_n isai_n 19.11_o 12_o 13_o 14_o 15_o 16._o god_n be_v against_o pharaoh_n all_o his_o counsel_n erterprise_n be_v blast_v all_o his_o force_n break_v all_o his_o city_n make_v desolate_a and_o all_o his_o people_n consume_v or_o carry_v into_o captivity_n better_o he_o have_v have_v all_o the_o prince_n of_o the_o world_n against_o he_o then_o god_n for_o whosoever_o he_o be_v against_o must_v be_v ruin_v five_o observe_v the_o flourish_a and_o perish_v of_o king_n kingdom_n and_o army_n be_v from_o the_o lord_n i_o will_v strengthen_v the_o arm_n of_o the_o king_n of_o babylon_n and_o put_v my_o sword_n in_o his_o hand_n but_o i_o will_v break_v pharaoh_n arm_n and_o they_o shall_v fall_v down_o one_o of_o these_o great_a king_n shall_v prosper_v his_o kingdom_n flourish_v his_o force_n stand_v and_o conquer_v the_o other_o shall_v perish_v his_o kingdom_n be_v lay_v waste_n and_o all_o his_o force_n break_v and_o scatter_v what_o king_n state_n or_o army_n soever_o god_n be_v with_o he_o will_v strengthen_v uphold_v what_o king_n state_n or_o army_n soever_o he_o be_v against_o he_o will_v break_v ruin_n and_o bring_v to_o nothing_o whatever_o their_o strength_n wealth_n or_o counsel_n be_v six_o observe_v tyrannical_a wicked_a king_n oft_o come_v to_o very_o sad_a end_n he_o shall_v groan_v before_o he_o with_o the_o groan_n of_o a_o deadly_a wound_a man_n herodotus_n say_v he_o be_v strangle_v by_o the_o egyptian_n which_o have_v revolt_v from_o he_o to_o amasis_n the_o holy_a scripture_n tell_v you_o what_o end_v adonibezek_n athaliah_n jezebel_n ahab_n and_o senacherib_n come_v unto_o pilate_n who_o put_v christ_n to_o death_n be_v depose_v banish_a and_o at_o last_o slay_v himself_o at_o lion_n in_o france_n of_o thirty_o two_o emperor_n who_o persecute_v the_o christian_n scarce_o any_o of_o they_o die_v a_o natural_a death_n some_o be_v poison_v some_o kill_v by_o the_o soldier_n some_o sentence_v by_o the_o senate_n and_o some_o slay_v themselves_o galerius_n have_v such_o a_o loathsome_a disease_n as_o that_o he_o can_v not_o endure_v the_o stink_n of_o it_o but_o slay_v himself_o to_o avoid_v it_o vid._n fox_n act._n mon._n vol._n 1._o pag._n 40_o 41._o seven_o observe_v god_n be_v the_o author_n of_o war_n he_o set_v one_o tyrant_n against_o another_o and_z gives_z commission_n how_o far_o they_o shall_v proceed_v i_o will_v put_v my_o sword_n into_o the_o hand_n of_o the_o king_n of_o babylon_n and_o he_o shall_v stretch_v it_o out_o upon_o the_o land_n of_o egypt_n nabuchadnezzar_n be_v a_o great_a tyrant_n and_o god_n set_v he_o upon_o pharaoh_n another_o great_a tyrant_n and_o order_v he_o how_o far_o he_o shall_v go_v even_o over_o all_o egypt_n tyrant_n can_v stir_v till_o god_n move_v they_o the_o sword_n be_v he_o if_o he_o will_v not_o put_v it_o into_o their_o hand_n they_o can_v take_v it_o up_o and_o when_o he_o have_v put_v it_o into_o their_o hand_n they_o can_v go_v one_o foot_n further_o than_o he_o have_v appoint_v they_o chap._n xxxi_o verse_n 1_o 2._o and_o it_o come_v to_o pass_v in_o the_o eleven_o year_n in_o the_o three_o month_n in_o the_o first_o day_n of_o the_o month_n that_o the_o word_n of_o the_o lord_n come_v unto_o i_o say_v son_n of_o man_n speak_v unto_o pharaoh_n king_n of_o egypt_n and_o to_o his_o multitude_n who_o be_v thou_o like_v in_o thy_o greatness_n this_o chapter_n as_o the_o two_o former_a be_v a_o prophecy_n against_o the_o king_n of_o egypt_n and_o in_o it_o you_o have_v these_o part_n first_o the_o chronologie_n of_o the_o prophecy_n ver_fw-la 1._o second_o the_o occasion_n of_o it_o viz._n his_o pride_n and_o confidence_n in_o his_o greatness_n ver_fw-la 2._o three_o a_o confirmation_n of_o his_o ruin_n set_v out_o by_o a_o example_n a_fw-fr majori_fw-la ad_fw-la minus_fw-la from_o the_o three_o verse_n to_o the_o eighteen_o wherein_o be_v notable_o describe_v the_o glory_n of_o assyria_n her_o sin_n and_o fall_v thereupon_o four_o the_o application_n of_o all_o to_o pharaoh_n vers_fw-la 18._o verse_n 1._o in_o the_o eleven_o year_n in_o the_o three_o month_n in_o the_o first_o day_n of_o the_o month_n the_o prophet_n have_v not_o prophecy_n give_v in_o every_o month_n it_o be_v a_o month_n and_o twenty-four_a day_n from_o the_o last_o prophecy_n to_o this_o which_o be_v one_o month_n and_o eight_o or_o nine_o day_n before_o the_o destruction_n of_o jerusalem_n and_o in_o the_o eleven_o year_n of_o their_o captivity_n the_o three_o month_n and_o first_o day_n of_o the_o month_n the_o hebrew_n for_o first_o day_n of_o the_o month_n be_v una_fw-la mensis_fw-la one_o of_o the_o month_n be_v a_o hebraisme_n common_a in_o the_o scripture_n as_o in_o gen._n 1.5_o the_o evening_n and_o the_o morning_n be_v one_o day_n so_o be_v the_o hebrew_n that_o be_v the_o first_o day_n luke_n 24.1_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d upon_o one_o of_o the_o week_n that_o be_v the_o first_o day_n of_o the_o week_n verse_n 2._o speak_v unto_o pharaoh_n king_n of_o egypt_n and_o to_o his_o multitude_n pharaoh_n be_v a_o great_a king_n and_o have_v a_o great_a multitude_n of_o man_n horse_n and_o chariot_n and_o conceit_a himself_o great_a than_o he_o be_v but_o how_o great_a soever_o he_o be_v in_o reality_n or_o conceit_n god_n order_v a_o prophet_n to_o speak_v to_o he_o and_o to_o demand_v a_o question_n of_o he_o the_o prophet_n be_v in_o babylon_n pharaoh_n in_o egypt_n and_o how_o he_o can_v speak_v to_o he_o appear_v not_o it_o be_v impossible_a that_o he_o shall_v undertake_v so_o long_a a_o journey_n as_o it_o be_v from_o babylon_n to_o egypt_n it_o be_v more_o consonant_n to_o truth_n that_o he_o pen_v this_o prophecy_n and_o send_v it_o unto_o he_o by_o one_o mean_n or_o other_o who_o be_v thou_o like_v in_o thy_o greatness_n this_o be_v the_o question_n ezekiel_n must_v propound_v to_o he_o and_o it_o be_v a_o upbraid_a question_n tax_v he_o for_o his_o pride_n arrogancy_n and_o vain_a confidence_n he_o have_v like_o most_o king_n many_o flatterer_n who_o flatter_v he_o into_o a_o conceit_n that_o he_o be_v great_a than_o other_o king_n yea_o so_o great_a in_o power_n that_o he_o may_v encounter_v god_n himself_o the_o lord_n therefore_o think_v meet_v to_o take_v down_o his_o spirit_n by_o this_o question_n who_o be_v thou_o like_v in_o thy_o greatness_n what_o like_v unto_o i_o thou_o be_v so_o far_o from_o that_o as_o that_o thou_o be_v not_o comparable_a to_o some_o mortal_a man_n what_o say_v thou_o to_o the_o king_n of_o assyria_n be_v thou_o great_a be_v thou_o strong_a than_o he_o no_o he_o go_v far_o beyond_o thou_o in_o power_n dignity_n and_o greatness_n yet_o for_o his_o pride_n arrogancy_n and_o confidence_n in_o what_o he_o have_v he_o be_v utter_o destroy_v and_o think_v thou_o who_o be_v inferior_a to_o stand_v and_o avoid_v the_o judgement_n of_o god_n when_o they_o come_v thou_o deceive_v thyself_o first_o observe_v king_n be_v prone_a to_o be_v lift_v up_o with_o and_o confide_v in_o their_o greatness_n pharaoh_n swell_v with_o his_o honour_n and_o multitude_n put_v too_o much_o confidence_n therein_o chap._n 29.3_o he_o be_v call_v the_o great_a dragon_n and_o he_o lay_v secure_a in_o the_o midst_n of_o his_o river_n say_v my_o river_n be_v i_o own_o and_o i_o have_v make_v it_o for_o myself_o he_o be_v proud_a and_o confident_a think_v none_o great_a than_o himself_o nabuchadnezzar_n be_v lift_v up_o with_o his_o greatness_n dan._n 4.30_o so_o be_v sennacherib_n isa_n 37.11_o 12_o 13._o and_o not_o only_o wicked_a king_n but_o good_a one_o have_v be_v overtake_v with_o this_o evil_a david_n number_n the_o people_n and_o be_v too_o proud_a of_o and_o confident_a in_o his_o multitude_n 1_o chron._n 21._o prince_n have_v many_o thing_n to_o puff_n up_o their_o spirit_n but_o god_n know_v how_o to_o bring_v they_o down_o second_o observe_v god_n will_v have_v they_o tell_v of_o their_o sin_n and_o tax_v for_o they_o go_v speak_v unto_o pharaoh_n and_o say_v who_o be_v thou_o like_v in_o thy_o greatness_n thou_o proud_a tyrant_n thou_o shall_v fall_v though_o thou_o be_v great_a strong_a there_o be_v a_o great_a than_o thyself_o and_o one_o strong_a than_o thou_o be_v who_o have_v send_v a_o prophet_n to_o tell_v thou_o of_o thy_o pride_n and_o arrogancy_n and_o to_o foretell_v thou_o of_o thy_o destruction_n king_n be_v no_o more_o to_o god_n than_o the_o mean_a peasant_n if_o they_o sin_v they_o shall_v hear_v of_o it_o and_o smart_n for_o it_o verse_n 3_o 4_o 5_o 6_o 7_o 8_o 9_o behold_v the_o assyrian_a be_v a_o cedar_n in_o lebanon_n with_o fair_a branch_n and_o with_o a_o shadow_a shroud_n and_o of_o a_o high_a stature_n and_o
his_o top_n be_v among_o the_o thick_a bough_n the_o water_n make_v he_o great_a the_o deep_a set_v he_o up_o on_o high_a with_o her_o river_n run_v round_o about_o his_o plant_n and_o send_v out_o her_o little_a river_n unto_o all_o the_o tree_n of_o the_o field_n therefore_o his_o height_n be_v exalt_v above_o all_o the_o tree_n of_o the_o field_n and_o his_o bough_n be_v multiply_v and_o his_o branch_n become_v long_o because_o of_o the_o multitude_n of_o water_n when_o he_o shoot_v forth_o all_o the_o fowl_n of_o heaven_n make_v their_o nest_n in_o his_o bough_n and_o under_o his_o branch_n do_v all_o the_o beast_n of_o the_o field_n bring_v forth_o their_o young_a and_o under_o his_o shadow_n dwell_v all_o great_a nation_n thus_o be_v he_o fair_a in_o his_o greatness_n in_o the_o length_n of_o his_o branch_n for_o his_o root_n be_v by_o great_a water_n the_o cedar_n in_o the_o garden_n of_o god_n can_v not_o hide_v he_o the_o firre-tree_n be_v not_o like_o his_o bough_n and_o the_o chestnut_n tree_n be_v not_o like_o his_o branch_n not_o any_o tree_n in_o the_o garden_n of_o god_n be_v like_a unto_o he_o in_o his_o beauty_n i_o have_v make_v he_o fair_a by_o the_o multitude_n of_o his_o branch_n so_o that_o all_o the_o tree_n of_o eden_n that_o be_v in_o the_o garden_n of_o god_n envy_v he_o in_o these_o seven_o verse_n be_v set_v forth_o the_o power_n of_o the_o king_n of_o assyria_n who_o be_v compare_v here_o unto_o a_o cedar_n which_o be_v describe_v first_o from_o its_o place_n it_o be_v in_o lebanon_n ver_fw-la 3._o second_o from_o its_o beauty_n it_o have_v fair_a branch_n ver_fw-la 3._o and_o be_v fair_a in_o greatness_n and_o length_n ver_fw-la 7._o three_o from_o the_o benefit_n of_o it_o it_o be_v a_o shadow_a shroud_n fowl_n beast_n man_n be_v advantage_v by_o it_o ver_fw-la 3_o 6._o four_o from_o the_o height_n of_o it_o it_o be_v very_o high_a ver_fw-la 3._o high_a than_o all_o the_o tree_n of_o the_o field_n ver_fw-la 5._o five_o from_o the_o thickness_n he_o have_v thick_a bough_n ver_fw-la 3._o six_o from_o the_o cause_n of_o all_o these_o viz._n the_o river_n and_o water_n he_o be_v plant_v by_o ver_fw-la 4_o 5_o 7._o seven_o from_o his_o transcendencie_n above_o all_o other_o tree_n in_o the_o field_n or_o garden_n ver_fw-la 5_o 8_o 9_o verse_n 3._o behold_v the_o assyrian_a some_o will_v have_v pharaoh_n and_o the_o egyptian_n to_o be_v understand_v by_o the_o assyrian_a and_o produce_v isai_n 52.4_o for_o it_o where_o it_o be_v say_v my_o people_n go_v down_o aforetime_o into_o egypt_n to_o sojourn_v there_o and_o the_o assyrian_a oppress_v they_o without_o cause_n that_o be_v pharaoh_n and_o the_o egyptian_n say_v a_o lapide_fw-la but_o interpreter_n general_o understand_v sennacherib_n or_o nabuchadnezzar_n and_o their_o people_n by_o the_o assyrian_a therefore_o here_o be_v mean_v the_o king_n of_o assyria_n who_o diverse_a expositor_n make_v to_o be_v esarhaddon_n the_o three_o son_n of_o sennacherib_n of_o who_o see_v isa_n 37.38_o he_o be_v king_n of_o assur_n ezra_n 4.2_o call_v also_o the_o great_a and_o noble_a asnappar_n ver_fw-la 10._o he_o be_v king_n of_o assyria_n and_o babylonia_n say_v usher_n in_o his_o chronologie_n lavater_n make_v he_o only_a king_n of_o assyria_n 107._o page_n 107._o for_o he_o say_v ben-merodach_a the_o governor_n of_o babylon_n observe_v that_o his_o two_o brethren_n who_o slay_v their_o father_n viz._n adramelech_n and_o sharezer_n lie_v in_o wait_n to_o dispossess_v esarhaddon_n of_o the_o kingdom_n he_o make_v war_n upon_o he_o overcome_v he_o and_o so_o rejoyn_v the_o assyrian_a kingdom_n to_o the_o babylonian_a whether_o he_o sennacherib_n or_o nabuchadnezzar_n it_o be_v a_o king_n of_o assyria_n who_o be_v great_a and_o powerful_a a_o cedar_n in_o lebanon_n that_o be_v as_o a_o cedar_n in_o lebanon_n lebanon_n be_v a_o great_a and_o large_a mountain_n in_o canaan_n full_a of_o cedar_n and_o this_o king_n of_o assyria_n be_v liken_v unto_o the_o chief_a of_o they_o with_o fair_a branch_n these_o branch_n be_v not_o his_o son_n and_o noble_n but_o the_o several_a province_n belong_v unto_o the_o kingdom_n of_o assyria_n over_o which_o his_o prince_n and_o noble_n do_v reign_v himself_o be_v the_o cedar_n these_o the_o branch_n or_o arms._n and_o with_o a_o shadow_a shroud_n the_o word_n for_o shroud_v be_v chorash_n which_o montanus_n render_v caedua_fw-la sylva_n buxtorf_n say_v its_o virgultum_fw-la densum_fw-la &_o implexum_fw-la faciendae_fw-la umbrae_fw-la commodum_fw-la shoot_v sprout_n so_o thick_a and_o entangle_v together_o as_o that_o they_o make_v it_o shadowy_a the_o septuagint_n have_v the_o word_n thus_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d thick_a in_o the_o cover_n this_o tree_n do_v afford_v cover_n and_o shade_n to_o other_o of_o a_o high_a stature_n his_o top_n be_v among_o the_o thick_a bow_n the_o king_n intend_v ezek._n 17.6_o be_v like_o a_o vine_n of_o low_a stature_n but_o this_o king_n be_v like_o a_o cedar_n of_o high_a stature_n glorious_a great_a and_o renown_v so_o high_a that_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d his_o top_n be_v in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o cloud_n like_o the_o tree_n dan._n 4.20_o who_o height_n reach_v to_o heaven_n verse_n 4._o the_o water_n make_v he_o great_a some_o tree_n prosper_v best_a in_o dry_a place_n some_o by_o the_o water_n side_n the_o moisture_n they_o draw_v thence_o make_v they_o to_o spread_v and_o flourish_v psal_n 1.3_o the_o tree_n be_v here_o metaphorical_a so_o be_v the_o water_n water_n signify_v sometime_o affliction_n psal_n 32.6_o sometime_o wholesome_a and_o good_a doctrine_n isai_n 55.1_o sometime_o people_n rev._n 17.15_o here_o riches_n power_n victory_n and_o such_o thing_n quibus_fw-la augenter_n &_o splendescunt_fw-la imperia_fw-la the_o assyrian_a wealth_n province_n victory_n be_v as_o water_v to_o his_o root_n and_o make_v he_o great_a the_o deep_a set_v he_o up_o on_o high_a with_o her_o river_n run_v round_o about_o his_o plant_n his_o vast_a treasure_n like_o a_o deep_a not_o to_o be_v draw_v dry_a raise_v he_o to_o such_o a_o height_n as_o water_n do_v a_o cedar_n he_o do_v abound_v with_o plenty_n of_o all_o thing_n as_o plant_n which_o have_v river_n run_v round_o about_o they_o do_v grow_v and_o spread_v so_o do_v the_o king_n of_o assyria_n and_o he_o his_o riches_n and_o greatness_n be_v like_o a_o ocean_n and_o the_o province_n as_o so_o many_o river_n bring_v in_o wealth_n continual_o which_o supply_v they_o and_o other_o and_o send_v out_o her_o little_a river_n unto_o all_o the_o tree_n of_o the_o field_n some_o commodity_n some_o part_n of_o the_o assyrian_a treasure_n be_v derive_v to_o other_o nation_n prince_n and_o people_n or_o his_o own_o subject_n have_v some_o share_n with_o he_o in_o his_o wealth_n and_o greatness_n all_o at_o home_n and_o many_o abroad_o which_o be_v the_o tree_n of_o the_o field_n gain_v by_o the_o assyrian_a water_n verse_n 5._o therefore_o his_o height_n be_v exalt_v above_o all_o the_o tree_n of_o the_o field_n there_o be_v diverse_a tree_n in_o the_o field_n which_o be_v high_a many_o king_n and_o prince_n who_o be_v great_a but_o the_o assyrian_a be_v the_o high_a the_o great_a cedar_n and_o monarchy_n then_o in_o the_o world_n his_o water_n exceed_v they_o and_o they_o derive_v moisture_n from_o he_o his_o bough_n be_v multiply_v and_o his_o branch_n become_v long_o the_o bough_n and_o branch_n of_o this_o metaphorical_a tree_n be_v the_o province_n and_o country_n belong_v to_o the_o assyrian_a monarchy_n which_o be_v many_o and_o extend_v far_o even_o to_o media_n eastward_o to_o mesopotomia_n westward_o to_o armenia_n minor_a northward_o and_o to_o susiana_n southward_o because_o of_o the_o multitude_n of_o water_n when_o he_o shoot_v forth_o where_o there_o be_v much_o water_n and_o moisture_n at_o the_o root_n of_o a_o tree_n there_o the_o branch_n and_o bough_n do_v shoot_v forth_o fast_o and_o further_o than_o where_o its_o want_v the_o assyrian_a have_v multitude_n of_o water_n viz._n treasure_n enlarge_v his_o empire_n and_o border_n thereby_o verse_n 6._o all_o the_o fowl_n of_o heaven_n make_v their_o nest_n in_o his_o bough_n by_o fowl_n of_o heaven_n some_o understand_v the_o noble_n and_o great_a one_o they_o build_v they_o habitation_n in_o his_o province_n and_o dominion_n which_o they_o peaceable_o enjoy_v as_o fowl_n do_v their_o nest_n in_o the_o bough_n of_o high_a tree_n and_o under_o his_o branch_n do_v all_o the_o beast_n of_o the_o field_n bring_v forth_o their_o young_a by_o beast_n of_o the_o field_n at_fw-fr lapide_fw-la intend_v the_o vulgar_a and_o more_o barbarous_a sort_n of_o people_n the_o sense_n be_v that_o all_o kind_n of_o people_n noble_a and_o ignoble_a rich_a or_o poor_a weak_a or_o strong_a be_v in_o safety_n and_o
multiply_v under_o his_o protection_n as_o bird_n and_o beast_n do_v in_o and_o under_o a_o great_a tree_n in_o this_o verse_n and_o the_o former_a be_v three_o word_n which_o signify_v bough_n and_o branch_n the_o first_o be_v sargnaphah_n which_o signify_v a_o heap_n or_o thicket_n of_o bough_n the_o second_o be_v saiph_n or_o sagniph_n which_o note_v a_o top_n bough_n the_o three_o be_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d parah_n or_o porah_n from_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d to_o adorn_v because_o bough_n be_v ornamenta_fw-la arboris_fw-la the_o glory_n and_o beautify_v of_o the_o tree_n under_o his_o shadow_n dwell_v all_o great_a nation_n either_o they_o be_v under_o his_o authority_n or_o his_o protection_n many_o great_a nation_n be_v command_v by_o the_o assyrian_a and_o other_o put_v themselves_o under_o his_o protection_n verse_n 7._o thus_o be_v he_o fair_a in_o his_o greatness_n the_o hebrew_n be_v vaiijph_n pulchrum_n fuit_fw-la in_o magnitudine_fw-la suae_fw-la he_o be_v a_o goodly_a thing_n in_o his_o greatness_n the_o septuagint_a 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d he_o be_v beauty_n in_o his_o height_n and_o greatness_n not_o only_o beautiful_a but_o beauty_n greatness_n and_o height_n make_v thing_n goodly_a and_o fair_a and_o in_o the_o length_n of_o his_o branch_n here_o be_v another_o word_n for_o branche_n dalijoth_o which_o be_v from_o dalah_o to_o draw_v because_o they_o draw_v juice_n from_o the_o root_n or_o because_o they_o move_v upward_o and_o so_o the_o word_n dalah_o also_o signify_v the_o branch_n of_o this_o tree_n be_v the_o province_n as_o before_o which_o extend_v far_o and_o add_v to_o the_o greatness_n and_o glory_n of_o the_o tree_n for_o his_o root_n be_v by_o great_a water_n these_o word_n correspond_v with_o those_o in_o the_o four_o verse_n the_o water_n make_v he_o great_a when_o a_o tree_n be_v fix_v in_o the_o earth_n where_o there_o be_v no_o want_n of_o moisture_n it_o grow_v it_o spread_v it_o become_v great_a and_o lovely_a so_o this_o king_n be_v plant_v among_o great_a water_n in_o the_o midst_n of_o much_o wealth_n and_o power_n grow_v spread_v and_o become_v fair_a in_o his_o greatness_n verse_n 8._o the_o cedar_n in_o the_o garden_n of_o god_n can_v not_o hide_v he_o the_o high_a cedar_n that_o be_v in_o any_o garden_n or_o in_o paradise_n itself_o do_v not_o exceed_v this_o cedar_n and_o so_o obscure_a the_o glory_n of_o it_o but_o this_o kingdom_n for_o the_o wealth_n strength_n and_o greatness_n of_o it_o go_v beyond_o all_o other_o and_o be_v for_o admiration_n the_o firr-tree_n be_v not_o like_o his_o bough_n firr-tree_n be_v tall_a and_o stately_a yet_o none_o of_o the_o firr-tree_n be_v comparable_a to_o the_o bough_n of_o this_o tree_n the_o kingdom_n of_o other_o prince_n be_v not_o like_a to_o the_o province_n of_o assyria_n and_o the_o chestnut-tree_n be_v not_o like_o his_o branch_n the_o chesnut-tree_n be_v low_a than_o the_o firr-tree_n but_o more_o branchy_a and_o spread_a yet_o none_o of_o the_o chestnut-tree_n do_v equalise_v any_o branch_n of_o the_o assyrian_a tree_n not_o any_o tree_n in_o the_o garden_n of_o god_n be_v like_a unto_o he_o in_o his_o beauty_n the_o hebrew_n be_v every_o tree_n in_o the_o garden_n of_o god_n be_v not_o like_a to_o he_o in_o his_o beauty_n that_o be_v no_o tree_n therein_o no_o tree_n in_o paradise_n no_o tree_n in_o the_o whole_a earth_n do_v equalise_v this_o metaphorical_a assyrian_a tree_n in_o the_o bulk_n arm_n branch_n or_o beauty_n of_o it_o verse_n 9_o i_o have_v make_v he_o beautiful_a in_o the_o multitude_n of_o his_o bough_n a_o tree_n be_v much_o beautify_v that_o have_v abundance_n of_o bough_n shoot_v out_o from_o it_o the_o more_o bough_n the_o more_o beauty_n this_o tree_n want_v not_o for_o bough_n it_o have_v many_o province_n and_o every_o one_o add_v to_o its_o beauty_n so_o that_o all_o the_o tree_n of_o eden_n that_o be_v in_o the_o garden_n of_o god_n envy_v he_o when_o other_o tree_n that_o be_v prince_n who_o be_v seat_v in_o pleasant_a rich_a and_o fruitful_a place_n see_v how_o much_o the_o king_n of_o assyria_n exceed_v they_o in_o power_n wealth_n glory_n and_o greatness_n they_o envy_v he_o first_o observe_v it_o be_v the_o lord_n who_o make_v kingdom_n and_o king_n great_a and_o difference_n they_o from_o other_o the_o assyrian_a be_v a_o cedar_n in_o lebanon_n exceed_v all_o other_o in_o beauty_n branch_n height_n and_o thickness_n and_o how_o come_v he_o to_o be_v so_o ver_fw-la 9_o i_o have_v make_v he_o fair_a whatever_o virtue_n glory_n excellency_n inward_a or_o outward_a any_o tree_n any_o prince_n have_v it_o be_v all_o from_o the_o lord_n all_o solomon_n greatness_n and_o wisdom_n be_v from_o he_o 1_o kin._n 4.29_o 30_o 31._o second_o observe_v that_o as_o tree_n have_v need_n of_o moisture_n and_o water_n to_o make_v they_o grow_v and_o flourish_v so_o state_n and_o prince_n have_v need_n of_o money_n to_o uphold_v their_o greatness_n they_o must_v have_v revenue_n come_v flow_v in_o like_a river_n else_o they_o will_v soon_o wither_v the_o water_n make_v he_o great_a the_o deep_a set_v he_o up_o on_o high_a the_o river_n run_v round_o about_o his_o plant_n he_o have_v multitude_n of_o water_n his_o root_n be_v by_o great_a water_n the_o assyrian_a have_v great_a mean_n which_o maintain_v his_o glory_n and_o greatness_n so_o solomon_n have_v great_a mean_n otherwise_o he_o can_v not_o have_v live_v at_o that_o height_n he_o do_v 1_o kin._n 4.22_o 23_o 26_o 27_o 28._o chap._n 10.14_o 21_o 22_o 23._o three_o observe_v prince_n monarch_n state_n aught_o to_o protect_v those_o be_v their_o subject_n and_o to_o communicate_v good_a unto_o they_o this_o cedar_n in_o lebanon_n be_v a_o shadow_a shroud_n all_o the_o fowl_n of_o heaven_n make_v their_o nest_n in_o his_o bough_n under_o his_o branch_n do_v all_o the_o beast_n of_o the_o field_n bring_v forth_o their_o young_a and_o under_o his_o shadow_n dwell_v all_o great_a nation_n all_o sort_n have_v protection_n from_o the_o king_n of_o assyria_n and_o not_o only_o so_o but_o those_o water_n water_v he_o be_v send_v out_o unto_o all_o the_o tree_n of_o the_o field_n he_o hoard_v not_o up_o his_o wealth_n but_o it_o pass_v up_o and_o down_o for_o the_o good_a of_o all_o isai_n 49.23_o it_o be_v say_v of_o the_o church_n king_n shall_v be_v thy_o nurse_n father_n thy_o nourisher_n that_o be_v they_o shall_v communicate_v good_a thing_n unto_o thou_o as_o a_o nurse_n do_v milk_n unto_o the_o child_n not_o only_o do_v she_o protect_v the_o child_n from_o harm_n but_o see_v it_o want_v nothing_o that_o be_v good_a for_o it_o four_o observe_v excellency_n greatness_n transcendencie_n beget_v envy_n this_o assyrian_a cedar_n excel_v all_o the_o cedar_n in_o the_o garden_n of_o god_n none_o of_o the_o firr-tree_n chestnut-tree_n or_o any_o other_o do_v equalise_v he_o he_o out_o strip_v all_o the_o tree_n in_o bulk_n in_o height_n in_o branch_n in_o beauty_n and_o what_o then_o all_o the_o tree_n of_o eden_n that_o be_v in_o the_o garden_n of_o god_n envy_v he_o envy_n be_v against_o superior_n and_o contempt_n be_v of_o inferior_n when_o daniel_n be_v make_v chief_a of_o the_o precedent_n and_o prince_n than_o they_o envy_v he_o and_o seek_v occasion_n to_o ruin_v he_o dan._n 6._o it_o be_v a_o grief_n spring_v up_o from_o another_o man_n prosperity_n power_n honour_n strength_n riches_n greatness_n be_v the_o cause_n and_o occasion_n of_o it_o there_o be_v always_o a_o malignance_n go_v along_o with_o it_o take_v pleasure_n in_o hurt_v though_o it_o gain_v nothing_o thereby_o envy_n be_v most_o prejudicial_a to_o the_o party_n it_o dwell_v in_o for_o its_o the_o rottenness_n of_o the_o bone_n prov._n 14.30_o it_o eat_v out_o the_o marrow_n and_o moisture_n of_o they_o and_o make_v they_o putrify_v hence_o say_v the_o hebrew_n oculus_fw-la malus_fw-la ingredi_fw-la facit_fw-la hominem_fw-la in_o sepulchrum_fw-la heb._n buxtorf_n florilegium_fw-la heb._n a_o envious_a eye_n bring_v a_o man_n to_o the_o grave_n verse_n 10_o 11_o 12_o 13_o 14_o 15_o 16_o 17._o therefore_o thus_o say_v the_o lord_n god_n because_o thou_o have_v lift_v up_o thyself_o in_o height_n and_o he_o have_v shoot_v up_o his_o top_n among_o the_o thick_a bough_n and_o his_o heart_n be_v lift_v up_o in_o his_o height_n i_o have_v therefore_o deliver_v he_o into_o the_o hand_n of_o the_o mighty_a one_o of_o the_o heathen_a he_o shall_v sure_o deal_v with_o he_o i_o have_v drive_v he_o out_o for_o his_o wickedness_n and_o stranger_n the_o terrible_a of_o the_o nation_n have_v cut_v he_o off_o and_o have_v leave_v he_o upon_o the_o mountain_n and_o in_o all_o the_o valley_n his_o branch_n be_v fall_v and_o his_o bough_n be_v break_v by_o all_o the_o river_n
with_o wealth_n honour_n greatness_n and_o such_o thing_n as_o may_v puff_n up_o tree_n by_o water_n grow_v high_a and_o man_n in_o the_o midst_n of_o great_a mean_n be_v in_o great_a danger_n to_o do_v so_o neither_o their_o tree_n stand_v up_o in_o their_o height_n all_o that_o drink_v water_n the_o margin_n have_v it_o or_o stand_v upon_o themselves_o for_o their_o height_n and_o so_o the_o sense_n be_v plain_a that_o none_o of_o the_o tree_n shall_v exalt_v themselves_o or_o stand_v upon_o themselves_o their_o own_o strength_n wealth_n and_o greatness_n they_o shall_v not_o rest_v in_o themselves_o please_v themselves_o if_o we_o take_v the_o word_n as_o they_o be_v in_o the_o verse_n the_o sense_n be_v much_o the_o same_o neither_o their_o tree_n stand_v up_o in_o their_o height_n all_o that_o drink_v water_n that_o be_v let_v none_o that_o have_v mean_n despise_v other_o that_o be_v inferior_a or_o let_v they_o not_o stand_v up_o in_o their_o height_n it_o will_v be_v but_o for_o a_o season_n and_o they_o must_v be_v cut_v down_o for_o they_o be_v all_o deliver_v unto_o death_n to_o the_o nether_a part_n of_o the_o earth_n in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o child_n of_o man_n with_o they_o that_o go_v down_o to_o the_o pit_n all_o the_o assyrian_n be_v deliver_v up_o to_o the_o chaldaean_n to_o be_v slay_v by_o they_o or_o all_o the_o prince_n noble_n and_o great_a one_o they_o shall_v die_v go_v down_o into_o the_o earth_n among_o the_o mean_a where_o no_o difference_n will_v be_v make_v therefore_o rich_a one_o great_a one_o shall_v not_o exalt_v themselves_o above_o other_o or_o stand_v upon_o their_o height_n first_o observe_v pride_n and_o wickedness_n cause_v god_n to_o bring_v dreadful_a judgement_n upon_o king_n and_o their_o kingdom_n because_o the_o king_n of_o assyria_n heart_n be_v lift_v up_o in_o his_o height_n therefore_o god_n deliver_v he_o into_o the_o hand_n of_o a_o mighty_a enemy_n and_o drive_v he_o out_o for_o his_o wickedness_n when_o prince_n be_v in_o the_o seat_n of_o honour_n have_v great_a mean_n come_v in_o than_o they_o look_v big_a begin_v to_o deify_v themselves_o to_o do_v what_o they_o listen_v not_o mind_v he_o who_o exalt_v they_o but_o confide_v in_o their_o own_o strength_n power_n and_o greatness_n which_o make_v way_n for_o their_o speedy_a ruin_n solomon_n tell_v we_o that_o a_o man_n shall_v not_o be_v establish_v by_o wickedness_n pro_fw-la 12.13_o king_n by_o their_o wicked_a policy_n and_o practice_n can_v establish_v themselves_o their_o wickedness_n overthrow_v they_o their_o pride_n provoke_v god_n against_o they_o da_fw-la 4.25_o it_o be_v good_a for_o king_n &_o other_o to_o be_v humble_a in_o the_o midst_n of_o their_o enjoyment_n and_o the_o great_a abundance_n that_o they_o do_v possess_v buxtorph_n qui_fw-la humili_fw-la est_fw-la a_o mo_z dignus_fw-la est_fw-la honore_fw-la &_o divinitas_fw-la quiescit_fw-la super_fw-la eo_fw-la buxtorph_n to_o carry_v it_o still_o the_o more_o humble_o for_o he_o that_o be_v of_o a_o humble_a mind_n be_v worthy_a of_o honour_n and_o have_v god_n dwell_v with_o he_o second_o observe_v god_n have_v instrument_n for_o the_o do_v of_o his_o work_n whatever_o it_o be_v and_o such_o instrument_n as_o will_v do_v it_o to_o purpose_n he_o have_v a_o assyrian_a cedar_n to_o cut_v down_o which_o be_v very_o great_a who_o top_n be_v in_o the_o cloud_n who_o bough_n extend_v very_o far_o in_o who_o branch_n the_o fowl_n do_v make_v their_o nest_n and_o under_o who_o shadow_n dwell_v all_o great_a nation_n and_o now_o who_o shall_v dare_v to_o meddle_v with_o this_o cedar_n yes_o the_o lord_n have_v one_o that_o dare_v attempt_v and_o do_v it_o he_o have_v a_o mighty_a one_o of_o the_o heathen_n a_o god_n of_o the_o nation_n into_o who_o hand_n he_o deliver_v the_o great_a cedar_n and_o he_o in_o do_v do_v unto_o he_o all_o the_o mind_n of_o god_n he_o cut_v he_o down_o and_o lay_v he_o low_o let_v tree_n be_v deep_o root_v grow_v exceed_v great_a and_o high_a yet_o god_n have_v hewer_n to_o hew_v down_o such_o tree_n dan._n 4.14_o three_o observe_v when_o great_a tree_n be_v cut_v dâ—wn_v many_o other_o tree_n suffer_v with_o they_o when_o king_n fall_v they_o break_v and_o undo_v many_o when_o the_o king_n of_o assyria_n be_v cut_v off_o his_o noble_n and_o great_a one_o yea_o all_o sort_n suffer_v by_o he_o upon_o the_o mountain_n and_o in_o all_o the_o valley_n his_o branch_n be_v fall_v his_o bough_n be_v break_v and_o all_o the_o people_n of_o the_o earth_n be_v go_v down_o from_o his_o shadow_n all_o his_o province_n prince_n people_z meet_v with_o hard_a thing_n when_o zedekiah_n be_v take_v and_o carry_v away_o captive_a do_v not_o the_o prince_n noble_n and_o people_n suffer_v grievous_a thing_n see_v 2_o king_n 25._o jer_n 52._o in_o our_o day_n we_o have_v see_v many_o suffer_v by_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o king_n four_o observe_v neither_o prince_n noble_n nor_o other_o people_n can_v tell_v who_o shall_v enjoy_v their_o wealth_n the_o king_n of_o assyria_n have_v great_a revenue_n the_o assyrian_n be_v well_o water_v a_o rich_a people_n but_o who_o get_v all_o their_o wealth_n the_o chaldaean_n stranger_n the_o terrible_a of_o the_o nation_n upon_o his_o ruin_n shall_v all_o the_o fowl_n of_o the_o heaven_n remain_v and_o all_o the_o beast_n of_o the_o field_n shall_v be_v upon_o his_o branch_n little_o do_v the_o assyrian_n dream_v that_o the_o chaldaean_n shall_v have_v their_o jewel_n gold_n silver_n plate_n linen_n habitation_n and_o land_n many_o hoard_n and_o heap_n up_o for_o their_o enemy_n many_o man_n be_v rich_a well_o fraught_v like_o ship_n at_o sea_n but_o who_o hand_n their_o wealth_n may_v fall_v into_o they_o know_v not_o david_n call_v it_o a_o vanity_n and_o its_o a_o deep_a excessive_a vanity_n that_o man_n disquiet_v themselves_o in_o heap_v up_o riches_n and_o can_v tell_v who_o shall_v gather_v they_o psal_n 39.6_o whether_o their_o child_n or_o stranger_n friend_n or_o foe_n solomon_n be_v vex_v to_o think_v he_o must_v leave_v all_o he_o have_v get_v or_o do_v he_o know_v not_o to_o who_o whether_o a_o wise_a man_n or_o a_o fool_n eccles_n 2.18_o 19_o five_o observe_v god_n do_v therefore_o destroy_v king_n and_o kingdom_n that_o rich_a one_o great_a one_o and_o all_o sort_n may_v take_v heed_n of_o their_o sin_n pride_n wickedness_n and_o self-confidence_n god_n cut_v off_o the_o great_a cedar_n the_o king_n of_o assyria_n to_o the_o end_n that_o none_o of_o all_o the_o tree_n by_o the_o water_n exalt_v themselves_o for_o their_o height_n nor_o stand_v upon_o themselves_o for_o their_o height_n let_v they_o not_o slight_v other_o tree_n which_o be_v not_o by_o the_o water_n that_o be_v not_o so_o bulky_a branchy_a and_o levy_v as_o themselves_o nor_o conceit_n that_o their_o wealth_n and_o greatness_n will_v always_o last_v verse_n 15._o in_o the_o day_n when_o he_o go_v down_o to_o the_o grave_n i_o cause_v a_o mourning_n the_o word_n for_o grave_n be_v sheol_n which_o among_o other_o thing_n signify_v the_o state_n of_o the_o dead_a as_o gen_n 37.35_o say_v jacob_n i_o will_v go_v down_o into_o the_o grave_a unto_o my_o son_n by_o grave_a he_o mean_v not_o hell_n nor_o the_o grave_a in_o a_o proper_a sense_n for_o he_o be_v persuade_v some_o wild_a beast_n have_v devour_v he_o but_o the_o state_n of_o the_o dead_a and_o so_o here_o when_o this_o high_a cedar_n be_v cut_v down_o when_o the_o king_n of_o assyria_n be_v slay_v and_o go_v down_o to_o the_o grave_a that_o be_v the_o state_n of_o the_o dead_a i_o cause_v a_o mourning_n then_o there_o be_v a_o sad_a change_n trade_v cease_v barrenness_n come_v upon_o all_o the_o land_n the_o town_n and_o city_n be_v not_o frequent_v i_o cover_v the_o deep_a for_o he_o and_o i_o restrain_v the_o flood_n thereof_o and_o the_o great_a water_n be_v stay_v if_o we_o take_v the_o word_n literal_o the_o sense_n be_v the_o sea_n and_o rivers_n seem_v to_o mourn_v at_o the_o destruction_n and_o fall_n of_o this_o cedar_n and_o so_o if_o you_o take_v the_o deep_a flood_n and_o water_n for_o his_o riches_n abundance_n and_o great_a revenue_n they_o seem_v now_o to_o put_v on_o sackcloth_n their_o lord_n and_o master_n be_v dead_a now_o there_o be_v no_o more_o flow_v of_o those_o water_n the_o deep_a the_o river_n and_o water_n have_v contribute_v to_o the_o greatness_n of_o the_o cedar_n and_o they_o be_v affect_v with_o his_o fall_n i_o cause_v lebanon_n to_o mourn_v for_o he_o in_o the_o 3d_o verse_n the_o assyrian_a be_v call_v a_o cedar_n in_o lebanon_n and_o when_o this_o cedar_n fall_v he_o make_v the_o rest_n of_o the_o tree_n in_o lebanon_n to_o put_v on_o black_a the_o word_n be_v akdin_n
to_o bewail_v the_o sin_n and_o ruin_n of_o prince_n and_o their_o kingdom_n when_o god_n call_v they_o thereunto_o three_o observe_v the_o evil_a quality_n and_o manner_n of_o man_n do_v make_v they_o like_v unto_o beast_n of_o the_o field_n and_o fish_n of_o the_o sea_n thou_o be_v like_o a_o young_a lion_n of_o the_o nation_n pharoah_n roar_v and_o raven_a his_o terribleness_n and_o cruelty_n make_v he_o like_o a_o lion_n and_o thou_o be_v as_o a_o whale_n in_o the_o sea_n pharoah_n tumble_v up_o and_o down_o disquiet_v the_o people_n and_o make_v a_o prey_n of_o they_o as_o fish_n transform_v he_o into_o a_o whale_n or_o sea-monster_n subtle_n person_n be_v term_v fox_n luke_n 13.32_o lascivious_a person_n be_v like_o pamper_a horse_n jer_n 5.8_o oppress_v prince_n and_o judge_n to_o lion_n and_o evening_n wolf_n zâ—ph_n 3.3_o the_o wicked_a quality_n of_o man_n do_v make_v they_o brutish_a solomon_n tell_v you_o in_o favour_n of_o this_o truth_n that_o the_o wickedness_n of_o those_o in_o the_o place_n of_o judgement_n make_v they_o beast_n eccl_n 3.16.18_o four_o observe_v god_n have_v prophet_n to_o tell_v the_o worst_a of_o prince_n of_o their_o wickedness_n pharaoh_n be_v a_o great_a king_n terrible_a as_o a_o lion_n dreadful_a as_o a_o whale_n yet_o god_n have_v a_o ezekiel_n to_o send_v to_o he_o and_o to_o tell_v he_o of_o his_o tyranny_n and_o cruelty_n go_v say_v unto_o pharaoh_n thou_o be_v as_o a_o young_a lion_n of_o the_o heathen_a and_o as_o a_o whale_n in_o the_o sea_n god_n send_v he_o to_o deal_v sharp_o with_o he_o notwithstanding_o his_o greatness_n prophet_n must_v not_o spare_v prince_n when_o send_v of_o god_n to_o reprove_v they_o five_o observe_v wicked_a king_n be_v great_a troubler_n of_o their_o own_o and_o other_o water_n they_o trouble_v their_o own_o people_n their_o own_o kingdom_n and_o other_o also_o thou_o come_v forth_o with_o thy_o river_n and_o trouble_v the_o water_n with_o thy_o foot_n and_o fowl_v their_o river_n pharaoh_n be_v neither_o quiet_a in_o egypt_n nor_o will_v let_v other_o be_v quiet_a he_o send_v out_o his_o ambassador_n to_o other_o nation_n which_o be_v as_o his_o foot_n they_o trouble_v the_o water_n the_o people_n in_o draw_v they_o into_o league_n with_o pharaoh_n in_o cause_v they_o to_o raise_v force_n to_o assist_v he_o and_o so_o foul_v their_o river_n unsettle_a their_o peace_n trouble_v their_o spirit_n and_o country_n whale_n be_v not_o more_o troublesome_a to_o the_o sea_n crocodile_n to_o the_o river_n of_o egypt_n lion_n and_o wild_a beast_n to_o the_o land_n than_o tyrant_n be_v to_o their_o own_o kingdom_n and_o those_o that_o be_v near_o unto_o they_o ahab_n be_v a_o troubler_n of_o israel_n 1_o king_n 18.18_o and_o of_o judah_n also_o in_o that_o he_o draw_v jehosaephat_n and_o his_o people_n to_o join_v with_o he_o 2_o chr._n 1.8_o to_o go_v up_o to_o ramoth_n gilead_n where_o it_o have_v like_a to_o have_v cost_v he_o his_o life_n solomon_n tell_v we_o he_o that_o be_v cruel_a will_v trouble_v his_o own_o flesh_n pro_fw-la 11.17_o tyrant_n be_v cruel_a and_o they_o do_v trouble_v their_o own_o flesh_n their_o own_o subject_n and_o people_n yea_o and_o the_o flesh_n of_o stranger_n they_o make_v their_o own_o river_n and_o other_o to_o be_v muddy_a verse_n 3._o i_o will_v therefore_o spread_v out_o my_o net_n over_o thou_o these_o word_n you_o have_v chap_n 17.20_o and_o chap._n 12_o 13._o a_o net_n be_v to_o catch_v bird_n or_o fish_n here_o god_n represent_v the_o person_n of_o a_o fisherman_n and_o will_v spread_v out_o his_o net_n to_o take_v this_o whale_n the_o word_n for_o net_n be_v resh_v from_o jarash_n to_o possess_v retain_v because_o a_o net_n keep_v what_o it_o catch_v and_o retâ—_n some_o derive_v from_o retinendo_fw-la from_o its_o hold_v and_o retain_v this_o net_n with_o which_o god_n will_v catch_v the_o whale_n must_v be_v a_o great_a net_n and_o so_o it_o be_v for_o it_o be_v the_o chaldaean_a army_n which_o be_v great_a strong_a and_o sufficient_a to_o spread_v over_o all_o the_o river_n of_o egypt_n with_o a_o company_n of_o many_o people_n when_o lion_n or_o whale_n be_v to_o be_v take_v multitude_n of_o people_n get_v together_o and_o so_o here_o multitude_n of_o chaldaean_n come_v to_o take_v this_o lion_n and_o whale_n they_o shall_v bring_v thou_o up_o in_o my_o net_n thou_o lie_v in_o thy_o river_n and_o deep_a water_n think_v thyself_o safe_a without_o the_o reach_n of_o any_o but_o my_o net_n shall_v be_v so_o throw_v as_o to_o encompass_v and_o catch_v thou_o and_o these_o chaldaans_n shall_v draw_v thou_o up_o out_o of_o thy_o nilus_n yea_o out_o of_o thy_o egypt_n verse_n 4._o then_o will_v i_o leave_v thou_o upon_o the_o land_n etc._n etc._n when_o this_o great_a whale_n shall_v be_v draw_v out_o of_o his_o water_n and_o country_n god_n will_v deal_v by_o he_o as_o fisherman_n do_v by_o the_o whale_n draw_v to_o the_o shore_n they_o leave_v he_o upon_o the_o dry_a ground_n in_o open_a view_n expose_v to_o the_o fowl_n of_o heaven_n and_o beast_n of_o the_o earth_n they_o cut_v he_o in_o piece_n whereof_o some_o be_v carry_v away_o other_o be_v throw_v here_o and_o there_o so_o god_n deal_v with_o pharaoh_n he_o bring_v he_o to_o open_a shame_n and_o ruin_n he_o make_v he_o and_o his_o wealth_n a_o prey_n to_o all_o sort_n of_o people_n like_a unto_o this_o verse_n be_v that_o you_o have_v chap_n 29.5_o verse_n 5._o i_o will_v lay_v thy_o flesh_n upon_o the_o mountain_n thou_o or_o thy_o soldier_n be_v overcome_v some_o of_o you_o will_v fly_v to_o the_o mountain_n for_o relief_n but_o even_o there_o shall_v they_o be_v destitute_a of_o help_n they_o shall_v be_v slay_v on_o the_o mountain_n and_o fill_v the_o valley_n with_o thy_o height_n i_o will_v make_v such_o a_o slaughter_n of_o thy_o man_n as_o that_o they_o shall_v fill_v up_o the_o valley_n the_o body_n shall_v lie_v so_o thick_a one_o upon_o another_o as_o to_o make_v a_o height_n munster_n interpret_v it_o of_o the_o swell_a of_o the_o body_n dead_a body_n do_v swell_v much_o and_o increase_v height_n the_o vulgar_a read_v the_o word_n thus_o implebo_fw-la colle_n tuos_fw-la sanie_fw-la tuo_fw-la i_o will_v fill_v thy_o hill_n with_o the_o corruption_n flow_v from_o the_o dead_a body_n verse_n 6._o i_o will_v also_o water_v with_o thy_o blood_n the_o land_n wherein_o thou_o swim_a when_o nilus_n overflow_v than_o egypt_n be_v full_a of_o water_n so_o that_o this_o whale_n may_v swim_v up_o and_o down_o in_o the_o same_o god_n will_v cause_v such_o a_o destruction_n to_o be_v among_o the_o egyptian_n that_o there_o shall_v be_v a_o river_n of_o blood_n which_o shall_v water_v the_o land_n hereby_o be_v set_v out_o the_o great_a abundance_n of_o blood_n that_o shall_v be_v shed_v in_o egypt_n the_o land_n be_v make_v drink_v with_o it_o even_o to_o the_o mountain_n and_o the_o river_n shall_v be_v full_a of_o thou_o not_o only_o the_o low_a place_n shall_v be_v sâ—lled_v with_o the_o blood_n of_o the_o slay_v but_o it_o shall_v reach_v to_o the_o mountain_n and_o run_v into_o the_o river_n sanctius_n think_v this_o not_o to_o be_v verify_v in_o egypt_n where_o be_v no_o mountain_n but_o in_o some_o other_o place_n where_o the_o egyptian_n be_v draw_v out_o to_o fight_v first_o observe_v that_o because_o king_n keep_v not_o within_o their_o bound_n but_o be_v troublesome_a to_o their_o own_o people_n and_o other_o therefore_o the_o lord_n destroy_v they_o and_o their_o kingdom_n thou_o come_v forth_o with_o thy_o river_n and_o trouble_v the_o water_n with_o thy_o foot_n and_o fowl_v their_o river_n i_o will_v therefore_o spread_v out_o my_o net_n over_o thou_o the_o ruin_n of_o prince_n and_o state_n be_v no_o casual_a thing_n they_o be_v effect_v by_o the_o counsel_n providence_n and_o power_n of_o god_n punish_v they_o most_o just_o for_o their_o sin_n second_o observe_v god_n have_v his_o net_n to_o catch_v whale_n and_o great_a fish_n in_o i_o will_v spread_v out_o my_o net_n over_o thou_o it_o be_v not_o every_o net_n will_v catch_v whale_n and_o great_a fish_n they_o will_v break_v ordinary_a net_n but_o god_n have_v net_n to_o take_v they_o he_o want_v not_o mean_n to_o bring_v the_o mighty_a unto_o punishment_n pharaoh_n be_v a_o lion_n a_o dragon_n a_o crocodile_n a_o whale_n and_o god_n have_v a_o net_n in_o the_o north_n the_o babylonish_n army_n which_o he_o send_v for_o and_o catch_v this_o egyptian_a whale_n with_o god_n have_v a_o net_n to_o catch_v chat_n old_a whale_n and_o sea-monster_n who_o devour_v so_o many_o of_o the_o israelite_n child_n he_o make_v a_o net_n of_o the_o water_n and_o not_o only_o catch_v pharaoh_n but_o drown_v that_o
whale_n in_o the_o red_a sea_n three_o observe_v god_n design_v the_o place_n of_o tyrant_n suffering_n and_o divide_v the_o spoil_n of_o they_o to_o who_o he_o please_v i_o will_v leave_v thou_o upon_o the_o land_n i_o will_v cast_v thou_o forth_o upon_o the_o open_a field_n i_o will_v cause_v all_o the_o fowl_n of_o the_o heaven_n to_o remain_v upon_o thou_o and_o i_o will_v fill_v the_o beast_n of_o the_o whole_a earth_n with_o thou_o god_n draw_v this_o whale_n out_o of_o his_o water_n unto_o the_o place_n where_o he_o and_o all_o the_o fish_n adhere_v unto_o he_o be_v slay_v and_o make_v a_o spoil_n to_o all_o sort_n of_o people_n four_o observe_v when_o god_n be_v in_o a_o way_n of_o judgement_n with_o wicked_a prince_n sometime_o he_o show_v exceed_o great_a severity_n towards_o they_o and_o they_o i_o will_v lay_v thy_o flesh_n upon_o the_o mountain_n and_o fill_v the_o valley_n with_o thy_o height_n thou_o and_o thou_o shall_v be_v slay_v in_o all_o place_n no_o safety_n in_o the_o mountain_n or_o valley_n i_o will_v also_o water_v with_o thy_o blood_n the_o land_n wherein_o thou_o swim_a their_o blood_n shall_v be_v so_o shed_v as_o to_o make_v the_o land_n drink_v with_o it_o in_o vatablus_n it_o be_v inebriabo_fw-la terram_fw-la cruore_fw-la sanguinis_fw-la tui_fw-la verse_n 7._o and_o when_o i_o shall_v put_v thou_o out_o i_o will_v cover_v the_o heaven_n and_o make_v the_o star_n thereof_o dark_a here_o the_o prophet_n come_v to_o show_v the_o event_n of_o this_o dreadful_a and_o severe_a judgement_n of_o god_n when_o i_o shall_v put_v thou_o out_o because_o to_o show_v in_o extinctione_n tua_fw-la cava_fw-la or_o caba_n note_v such_o a_o put_v out_o as_o be_v of_o fire_n or_o a_o candle_n when_o god_n shall_v extinguish_v pharoahs_n life_n then_o shall_v there_o be_v no_o quiet_a peace_n joy_n safety_n but_o altogether_o sigh_v weep_a complain_v howl_a and_o sad_a lamentation_n so_o great_a shall_v be_v the_o grief_n and_o misery_n of_o the_o egyptians_n that_o all_o thing_n shall_v seem_v dark_a unto_o they_o in_o extreme_a sorrow_n visus_fw-la deficit_fw-la and_o person_n think_v the_o day_n to_o be_v night_n be_v destitute_a of_o counsel_n and_o know-not_a which_o way_n to_o turn_v they_o it_o be_v usual_a in_o scripture_n to_o set_v out_o time_n of_o mourning_n and_o misery_n by_o such_o expression_n as_o you_o have_v here_o and_o in_o the_o follow_a verse_n as_o joel_n 3.15_o isai_n 13.10_o mark_v 13.24_o 25._o luke_n 21.25_o amos_n 8.9_o i_o will_v cover_v the_o sun_n with_o a_o cloud_n and_o the_o moon_n shall_v not_o give_v her_o light_n god_n have_v the_o power_n over_o the_o cloud_n and_o he_o can_v call_v they_o forth_o at_o his_o pleasure_n to_o do_v he_o what_o service_n he_o please_v he_o will_v keep_v the_o comfortable_a beam_n of_o the_o sun_n and_o moon_n from_o they_o they_o have_v darkness_n on_o every_o side_n the_o very_a heaven_n sun_n moon_n and_o star_n hide_v their_o face_n from_o they_o verse_n 8._o all_o the_o bright_a light_n of_o heaven_n will_v i_o make_v dark_a over_o thou_o the_o hebrew_n be_v all_o the_o light_n of_o light_n they_o shall_v have_v no_o benefit_n by_o these_o bright_a and_o shine_a light_n of_o heaven_n mourner_n use_v to_o cover_v their_o head_n and_o face_n and_o so_o the_o light_n of_o heaven_n be_v as_o darkness_n unto_o they_o or_o they_o shall_v seem_v affect_v with_o the_o sore_a judgement_n be_v upon_o thou_o the_o vulgar_a be_v omnia_fw-la luminaria_fw-la coeli_fw-la merere_fw-la faciam_fw-la super_fw-la te_fw-la i_o will_v make_v all_o the_o light_n of_o heaven_n to_o mourn_v over_o thou_o septuagint_n all_o the_o bright_a light_n of_o heaven_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d and_o set_v darkness_n upon_o thy_o land_n darkness_n be_v frequent_o in_o the_o word_n use_v for_o affliction_n and_o grief_n a_o sad_a condition_n and_o god_n will_v set_v egypt_n yea_o settle_v it_o under_o darkness_n it_o shall_v be_v keep_v in_o a_o mourning_n and_o miserable_a condition_n verse_n 9_o i_o will_v also_o vex_v the_o heart_n of_o many_o people_n the_o word_n for_o to_o vex_v be_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d caass_n which_o signify_v not_o only_o to_o move_v to_o anger_n but_o also_o to_o grieve_v when_o people_n shall_v hear_v how_o pharaoh_n a_o great_a king_n be_v conquer_v and_o his_o kingdom_n lay_v utter_o waste_v this_o will_v grieve_v &_o vex_v they_o &_o especial_o when_o they_o consider_v how_o great_a nabuchadnezzar_n become_v hereby_o have_v all_o egypt_n and_o the_o adjacent_a part_n under_o he_o when_o i_o shall_v bring_v thy_o destruction_n among_o the_o nation_n the_o word_n for_o thy_o destruction_n be_v shibreca_n contritionem_fw-la tuam_fw-la thy_o break_n for_o which_o the_o septuagint_n have_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d thy_o captivity_n the_o french_a ta_o ruin_n thy_o ruin_n the_o nation_n think_v egypt_n impossible_a to_o be_v total_o break_v and_o ruin_v be_v fortify_v so_o with_o city_n river_n and_o the_o sea_n the_o news_n of_o its_o destruction_n will_v vex_v they_o to_o the_o heart_n verse_n 10._o yea_o i_o will_v make_v many_o people_n amaze_v at_o thou_o when_o god_n deal_n with_o pharaoh_n his_o severe_a judgement_n upon_o he_o and_o he_o come_v abroad_o among_o the_o people_n they_o be_v amaze_v not_o know_v what_o to_o think_v speak_v or_o do_v when_o strange_a and_o dreadful_a thing_n come_v sudden_o to_o we_o they_o surprise_v our_o judgement_n and_o we_o be_v at_o a_o stand_n and_o their_o king_n shall_v be_v horrible_o afraid_a for_o thou_o the_o people_n shall_v be_v amaze_v and_o the_o king_n afraid_a chap._n 30.4_o the_o sword_n shall_v come_v upon_o egypt_n and_o great_a pâ—in_n shall_v be_v in_o ethiopia_n so_o in_o lybia_n lydia_n and_o chubb_n they_o and_o their_o king_n shall_v be_v horrible_o afraid_a the_o word_n to_o fear_n be_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d saor_n which_o note_v great_a fear_n even_o such_o fear_n as_o be_v cum_fw-la erection_n pilorum_fw-la as_o make_v the_o hair_n to_o stand_v up_o and_o the_o word_n be_v double_a here_o they_o shall_v fear_v with_o a_o fear_n be_v exceed_o afraid_a for_o nebuchadnezar_n prevail_v over_o pharaoh_n when_o the_o great_a whale_n be_v take_v the_o lesser_a fish_n have_v cause_n to_o fear_v when_o i_o shall_v brandish_v my_o sword_n before_o they_o the_o hebrew_n be_v begnophphi_fw-la charbi_fw-la when_o i_o shall_v cause_v my_o sword_n to_o fly_v before_o they_o that_o be_v in_o military_a language_n when_o i_o shall_v brandish_v my_o sword_n before_o they_o when_o nabuchadnezzar_n come_v with_o his_o force_n to_o egypt_n at_o the_o appointment_n of_o god_n and_o subdue_v it_o than_o he_o brandish_v his_o sword_n before_o they_o and_o they_o shall_v tremble_v at_o every_o moment_n these_o word_n we_o have_v in_o the_o chap._n 26.16_o where_o they_o be_v open_v they_o shall_v be_v in_o a_o continue_a fear_n tremble_v from_o day_n to_o day_n lest_o nabuchadnezzar_n shall_v fall_v upon_o they_o and_o bring_v they_o to_o pharoahs_n condition_n every_o man_n for_o his_o own_o life_n in_o the_o day_n of_o thy_o fall_n when_o the_o sword_n be_v abroad_o man_n life_n be_v at_o stake_n and_o when_o it_o have_v shed_v so_o much_o blood_n as_o to_o water_v a_o land_n to_o fill_v up_o valley_n and_o make_v it_o reach_v to_o mountain_n who_o will_v not_o fear_v lest_o his_o life_n and_o blood_n go_v next_o when_o a_o great_a king_n and_o kingdom_n fall_v by_o the_o sword_n its_o matter_n sufficient_a to_o make_v neighbour_a king_n and_o kingdom_n to_o fear_v themselves_o first_o observe_v great_a one_o be_v light_n in_o the_o world_n and_o god_n extinguish_v those_o light_n at_o his_o pleasure_n when_o i_o shall_v put_v thou_o out_o prince_n and_o great_a one_o be_v example_n which_o most_o follow_v beacon_n upon_o a_o hill_n sun_n in_o their_o orb_n which_o many_o admire_v and_o follow_v though_o they_o light_v they_o downward_o towards_o the_o pit_n of_o darkness_n these_o be_v such_o great_a light_n that_o man_n dare_v not_o snuff_n reprove_v they_o but_o god_n he_o extinguish_v they_o he_o light_v they_o up_o and_o he_o put_v they_o out_o second_o observe_v when_o god_n put_v out_o great_a light_n break_v the_o candlestick_n they_o stand_v in_o that_o be_v destroy_v great_a king_n and_o their_o kingdom_n then_o sad_a event_n do_v follow_v than_o the_o live_n and_o senseless_a creature_n be_v trouble_v heaven_n and_o earth_n affect_v those_o near_a and_o those_o far_o off_o disquiet_v dreadful_a judgement_n have_v dismal_a consequent_n when_o god_n destroy_v pharaoh_n and_o his_o army_n lay_v waste_v egypt_n than_o darkness_n be_v upon_o the_o heaven_n sun_n moon_n and_o star_n than_o darkness_n be_v upon_o the_o land_n than_o the_o heart_n of_o many_o be_v vex_v than_o king_n be_v horrible_o
afraid_a and_o quake_v every_o moment_n for_o fear_n of_o their_o kingdom_n and_o life_n when_o lion_n and_o whale_n be_v catch_v and_o kill_v it_o make_v the_o other_o beast_n and_o fish_n to_o fear_v when_o the_o high_a cedar_n fall_v all_o the_o other_o tree_n tremble_v verse_n 11_o 12_o 13_o 14_o 15_o 16._o for_o thus_o say_v the_o lord_n god_n the_o sword_n of_o the_o king_n of_o babylon_n shall_v come_v upon_o thou_o by_o the_o sword_n of_o the_o mighty_a will_v i_o cause_v thy_o multitude_n to_o fall_v the_o terrible_a of_o the_o nation_n all_o of_o they_o and_o they_o shall_v spoil_v the_o pomp_n of_o egypt_n and_o all_o the_o multitude_n thereof_o shall_v be_v destroy_v i_o will_v destroy_v also_o all_o the_o beast_n thereof_o from_o beside_o the_o great_a water_n neither_o shall_v the_o foot_n of_o man_n trouble_v they_o any_o more_o nor_o the_o hoof_n of_o beast_n trouble_v they_o then_o will_v i_o make_v their_o water_n deep_a and_o cause_v their_o river_n to_o run_v like_o oil_n say_v the_o lord_n god_n when_o i_o shall_v make_v the_o land_n of_o egypt_n desolate_a and_o the_o country_n shall_v be_v destitute_a of_o that_o whereof_o it_o be_v full_a when_o i_o shall_v smite_v all_o they_o that_o dwell_v therein_o then_o shall_v they_o know_v that_o i_o be_o the_o lord_n this_o be_v the_o lamentation_n wherewith_o they_o shall_v lament_v she_o the_o daughter_n of_o the_o nation_n shall_v lament_v she_o they_o shall_v lament_v for_o she_o even_o for_o egypt_n and_o for_o all_o her_o multitude_n say_v the_o lord_n god_n these_o verse_n belong_v to_o the_o first_o pprophecy_n in_o this_o chapter_n and_o they_o set_v out_o first_o the_o instrument_n god_n use_v in_o execute_v the_o judgement_n threaten_v against_o pharaoh_n and_o the_o egyptian_n vers_fw-la 11_o 12._o second_o the_o fact_n of_o these_o instrument_n the_o king_n of_o babylon_n and_o his_o army_n ver_fw-la 12_o 13._o three_o the_o event_n follow_v ver_fw-la 14_o 15._o four_o the_o conclusion_n of_o the_o prophecy_n vers_fw-la 16._o verse_n 11._o the_o sword_n of_o the_o king_n of_o babylon_n shall_v come_v upon_o thou_o i_o will_v stir_v up_o and_o bring_v the_o king_n of_o babylon_n with_o a_o great_a army_n who_o shall_v come_v furnish_v with_o all_o military_a preparation_n against_o thou_o and_o cut_v thou_o off_o verse_n 12._o by_o the_o sword_n of_o the_o mighty_a will_v i_o cause_v thy_o multitude_n to_o fall_v the_o word_n for_o mighty_a be_v gibborim_n &_o gibbor_n signify_v proper_o mile_n robustus_fw-la as_o fortis_fw-la say_v drusius_n the_o septuagint_n have_v it_o here_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d by_o the_o sword_n of_o the_o giant_n egypt_n have_v multitude_n but_o they_o shall_v fall_v by_o the_o power_n of_o these_o mighty_a and_o giantlike_a man_n the_o terrible_a of_o the_o nation_n all_o of_o they_o this_o expression_n the_o terrible_a of_o the_o nation_n we_o have_v thrice_o before_o chap_n 28.7_o &_o 30.11_o &_o 31_o 12._o those_o man_n be_v most_o barbarous_a and_o bloody_a tyrannical_a and_o pestilent_a shall_v be_v employ_v in_o his_o work_n the_o septuagint_n call_v they_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d pest_n such_o as_o be_v the_o plague_n of_o the_o country_n such_o as_o go_v up_o and_o down_o rob_v steal_v and_o murder_a the_o vulgar_a be_v inexpugnabiles_fw-la and_o they_o shall_v spoil_v the_o pomp_n of_o egypt_n there_o be_v pomp_n in_o title_n pomp_n in_o building_n pomp_n in_o feast_v and_o furniture_n of_o house_n pomp_n in_o apparel_n pomp_n in_o funeral_n pomp_n in_o worship_n pomp_n in_o multitude_n of_o man_n horse_n and_o charet_n whatever_o the_o egyptian_a pomp_n be_v it_o shall_v be_v spoil_v vatablus_n interpret_v their_o pomp_n to_o be_v their_o dignity_n or_o beautiful_a thing_n munster_n make_v it_o magnificentiam_fw-la their_o state_n and_o greatness_n junius_n make_v it_o the_o excellency_n of_o egypt_n that_o be_v kingly_a majesty_n with_o all_o the_o glory_n and_o greatness_n attend_v the_o same_o verse_n 13._o i_o will_v destroy_v also_o all_o the_o beast_n thereof_o from_o beside_o the_o great_a water_n egypt_n abound_v with_o cattle_n especial_o horse_n which_o be_v serviceable_a for_o war_n and_o other_o use_n those_o feed_v near_o to_o the_o river_n cut_v out_o of_o nilus_n to_o water_v the_o land_n what_o beast_n soever_o they_o be_v god_n by_o the_o chaldaean_n will_v destroy_v they_o and_o they_o shall_v not_o be_v any_o long_a nigh_o the_o many_o water_n so_o be_v the_o hebrew_n neither_o shall_v the_o foot_n of_o man_n trouble_v they_o any_o more_o nor_o the_o hoof_n of_o beast_n trouble_v they_o the_o destruction_n shall_v be_v so_o great_a that_o man_n and_o beast_n shall_v be_v cut_v off_o as_o be_v say_v chap._n 29.8_o these_o oft_o trouble_v the_o water_n with_o their_o foot_n and_o hoof_n the_o one_o with_o dig_v the_o other_o by_o trample_v in_o they_o verse_n 14._o then_o will_v i_o make_v the_o water_n deep_a and_o cause_v their_o river_n to_o run_v like_o oil_n man_n and_o beast_n be_v take_v away_o nothing_o shall_v trouble_v the_o water_n but_o they_o shall_v be_v quiet_a clear_a and_o smooth_a as_o oil_n the_o hebrew_n word_n for_o to_o make_v deep_o be_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d shakah_n to_o drown_v to_o sink_v faciam_fw-la ut_fw-la profundum_fw-la petunt_fw-la i_o will_v cause_v their_o water_n to_o go_v to_o the_o bottom_n which_o piscator_fw-la interpret_v of_o the_o mud_n wherewith_o they_o have_v be_v trouble_v that_o shall_v sink_v and_o the_o water_n become_v pure_a the_o septuagint_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d i_o will_v make_v quiet_a their_o water_n when_o they_o be_v clean_a and_o quiet_a they_o run_v without_o noise_n than_o they_o be_v like_o oil_n the_o water_n of_o egypt_n and_o of_o other_o nation_n who_o the_o egyptian_n trouble_v verse_n 15._o when_o i_o shall_v make_v the_o land_n of_o egypt_n clesolate_a and_o the_o country_n destitute_a he_o show_v when_o the_o water_n shall_v be_v pure_a and_o quiet_a even_o when_o the_o land_n be_v make_v desolate_a hebrew_a be_v a_o desolation_n and_o all_o carry_v away_o with_o which_o the_o country_n abound_v hebrew_n be_v shall_v be_v destitute_a of_o its_o fullness_n when_o i_o shall_v smite_v all_o they_o that_o dwell_v therein_o all_o be_v not_o smite_v by_o the_o sword_n and_o destroy_v but_o some_o be_v carry_v away_o captive_n and_o that_o be_v a_o smite_v verse_n 16._o this_o be_v the_o lamentation_n wherewith_o they_o shall_v lament_v she_o this_o pprophecy_n which_o i_o have_v deliver_v be_v the_o lamentation_n wherewith_o egypt_n shall_v be_v lament_v not_o only_o i_o ezekiel_n must_v lament_v for_o she_o but_o all_o nation_n shall_v do_v it_o the_o daughter_n of_o the_o nation_n shall_v lament_v she_o they_o shall_v lament_v for_o she_o the_o city_n and_o people_n of_o the_o nation_n hear_v of_o the_o dreadful_a judgement_n of_o god_n upon_o egypt_n that_o that_o populous_a strong_a and_o flourish_a kingdom_n be_v bring_v to_o utter_v ruin_n and_o desolation_n they_o shall_v be_v affect_v therewith_o and_o lament_v her_o condition_n first_o observe_v god_n make_v use_v of_o the_o king_n and_o people_n of_o one_o nation_n to_o execute_v his_o judgement_n upon_o the_o king_n and_o people_n of_o another_o nation_n the_o sword_n of_o the_o king_n of_o babylon_n shall_v come_v upon_o thou_o and_o by_o the_o sword_n of_o the_o mighty_a will_v i_o cause_v thy_o multitude_n to_o fall_v king_n and_o their_o people_n be_v at_o the_o dispose_n of_o god_n to_o call_v out_o and_o employ_v where_o and_o in_o what_o service_n he_o please_v he_o serve_v himself_o fulfil_v his_o will_n and_o counsel_n by_o king_n and_o great_a one_o overthrow_v one_o kingdom_n by_o another_o lay_v all_o their_o pomp_n and_o glory_n in_o the_o dust_n second_o observe_v the_o sin_n of_o king_n and_o people_n cause_n god_n to_o execute_v his_o sore_a judgement_n not_o only_o upon_o themselves_o but_o also_o upon_o the_o bruit_n creature_n and_o thing_n inanimate_a god_n will_v not_o only_o destroy_v pharaoh_n and_o his_o multitude_n but_o the_o beast_n the_o city_n and_o all_o the_o fullness_n of_o the_o land_n in_o the_o destruction_n of_o these_o god_n punish_v the_o owner_n three_o observe_v by_o the_o destruction_n of_o tyrant_n and_o their_o kingdom_n god_n quiet_v nation_n they_o by_o their_o power_n counsel_n or_o agent_n trouble_v their_o own_o kingdom_n and_o other_o then_o will_v i_o make_v their_o water_n deep_a and_o cause_v their_o river_n te_fw-la run_v like_o oil_n when_o i_o shall_v make_v the_o land_n of_o egypt_n desolate_a when_o pharaoh_n and_o his_o be_v cut_v off_o they_o shall_v trouble_v the_o water_n no_o more_o at_o home_n nor_o abroad_o all_o shall_v be_v quiet_a peaceable_a &_o oleo_fw-la tranquillius_fw-la four_o observe_v god_n in_o his_o wise_a providence_n
so_o order_v his_o judgement_n that_o they_o shall_v affect_v other_o and_o be_v have_v in_o remembrance_n this_o be_v the_o lamentation_n wherewith_o they_o shall_v lament_v she_o the_o daughter_n of_o the_o nation_n shall_v lament_v for_o she_o destruction_n of_o great_a king_n and_o kingdom_n have_v many_o thiag_n considerable_a in_o they_o there_o be_v much_o of_o god_n power_n justice_n and_o severity_n in_o the_o same_o which_o god_n will_v have_v to_o be_v observe_v and_o remember_v in_o the_o world_n ezek._n 19.14_o when_o god_n destroy_v the_o prince_n of_o israel_n and_o lay_v the_o land_n of_o judah_n waste_n what_o then_o this_o be_v a_o lamentation_n and_o shall_v be_v for_o a_o lamentation_n verse_n 17_o 18_o 19_o 20_o 21_o 22_o 23._o it_o come_v to_o pass_v also_o in_o the_o twelve_o year_n in_o the_o fifteen_o day_n of_o the_o month_n that_o the_o word_n of_o the_o lord_n come_v unto_o i_o say_v son_n of_o man_n wail_v for_o the_o multitude_n of_o egypt_n and_o cast_v they_o down_o even_o she_o and_o the_o daughter_n of_o the_o famous_a nation_n unto_o the_o nether_a part_n of_o the_o earth_n with_o they_o that_o go_v down_o into_o the_o pit_n who_o do_v thou_o pass_v in_o beauty_n go_v down_o and_o he_o thou_o lay_v with_o the_o uncircumcised_a they_o shall_v fall_v in_o the_o midst_n of_o they_o that_o be_v slay_v by_o the_o sword_n she_o be_v deliver_v to_o the_o sword_n draw_v she_o and_o all_o her_o multitude_n the_o strong_a among_o the_o mighty_a shall_v speak_v to_o he_o out_o of_o the_o midst_n of_o hell_n with_o they_o that_o help_v he_o they_o be_v go_v down_o they_o lie_v uncircumcised_a slay_v by_o the_o sword_n ashur_n be_v there_o and_o all_o her_o company_n his_o grave_n be_v about_o he_o all_o of_o they_o slay_v fall_v by_o the_o sword_n who_o grave_n be_v set_v in_o the_o side_n of_o the_o pit_n and_o her_o company_n be_v round_o about_o her_o grave_a all_o of_o they_o slay_v fall_v by_o the_o sword_n which_o cause_v terror_n in_o the_o land_n of_o the_o live_n at_o this_o 17._o verse_n begin_v the_o second_o pprophecy_n and_o general_a part_n of_o the_o chapter_n in_o which_o these_o thing_n be_v considerable_a 1._o the_o time_n of_o this_o prophecy_n vers_fw-la 17._o 2._o the_o funeral_n of_o egypt_n with_o the_o solemnity_n thereof_o which_o be_v command_v declare_v and_o confirm_v vers_fw-la 18_o 19_o 20_o 21._o and_o so_o on_o to_o the_o 31._o 3._o the_o conclusion_n of_o the_o pprophecy_n vers_fw-la 31_o 32._o verse_n 17._o in_o the_o twelve_o year_n the_o fifteen_o day_n of_o the_o mouth_n it_o be_v in_o the_o twelve_o year_n of_o their_o captivity_n and_o the_o fifteen_o day_n of_o the_o twelve_o month_n as_o it_o be_v vers_n 1._o fourteen_o day_n after_o the_o former_a pprophecy_n and_o upon_o the_o three_o sabbath_n as_o junius_n observe_v then_o come_v this_o prophecy_n unto_o ezekiel_n verse_n 18._o wayl_v for_o the_o multitude_n of_o egypt_n the_o word_n nahah_n to_o lament_v signify_v internal_a grief_n the_o prophet_n be_v bid_v not_o to_o feign_v a_o grief_n or_o a_o funeral_n complaint_n but_o to_o be_v real_a to_o mourn_v or_o to_o prophesy_v what_o mourning_n shall_v be_v at_o the_o funeral_n of_o egypt_n cast_v they_o down_o even_o she_o and_o the_o daughter_n of_o the_o famous_a nation_n the_o prophet_n be_v to_o do_v this_o prophetical_o as_o jeremy_n be_v to_o root_v out_o pull_v down_o to_o destroy_v and_o cast_v down_o jerem._n 1.10_o he_o prophesy_v such_o thing_n and_o thereupon_o be_v say_v to_o do_v they_o and_o so_o ezekiel_n be_v to_o prophesy_v the_o cast_n down_o of_o egypt_n her_o king_n and_o people_n and_o the_o daughter_n of_o famous_a nation_n those_o that_o do_v confederate_a with_o she_o city_n or_o people_n and_o because_o of_o this_o he_o be_v say_v to_o cast_v they_o down_o its_o god_n work_n to_o cast_v down_o to_o throw_v into_o the_o grave_n and_o pit_n but_o his_o prophet_n declare_v what_o shall_v be_v be_v say_v to_o do_v the_o same_o unto_o the_o nether_a part_n of_o the_o earth_n the_o hebrew_n be_v el_n erez_n tachtijoth_v in_o terram_fw-la inferorum_fw-la into_o the_o land_n of_o hell_n or_o into_o the_o low_a part_n of_o the_o earth_n verse_n 19_o who_o do_v thou_o pass_v in_o beauty_n egypt_n thou_o think_v thyself_o more_o beautiful_a than_o other_o nation_n that_o thou_o have_v some_o excellency_n beyond_o they_o suppose_v thou_o have_v that_o must_v not_o exempt_v thou_o from_o the_o common_a condition_n of_o nation_n but_o thou_o have_v not_o any_o beauty_n excellency_n beyond_o they_o nay_o thou_o be_v short_a of_o they_o therefore_o lay_v aside_o such_o thought_n they_o who_o be_v more_o beautiful_a and_o pleasant_a than_o thyself_o they_o be_v go_v down_o into_o the_o pit_n therefore_o go_v down_o and_o be_v thou_o lay_v with_o the_o uncircumcised_a thou_o must_v not_o look_v for_o any_o privilege_n above_o other_o nation_n thou_o may_v conceit_v thy_o counterfeit_a circumcision_n will_v advantage_v thou_o junius_n erant_fw-la egyptii_fw-la circumcifi_n ut_fw-la herodotus_n in_o euterpe_n docet_fw-la junius_n but_o thou_o be_v deceive_v away_o down_o to_o the_o grave_a and_o lie_v with_o the_o uncircumcised_a thy_o portion_n must_v be_v with_o the_o profane_v the_o word_n for_o be_v thou_o lay_v signify_v to_o sleep_v also_o and_o may_v be_v thus_o render_v sleep_v with_o the_o uncircumcised_a verse_n 20._o they_o shall_v fall_v in_o the_o midst_n of_o they_o that_o be_v slay_v by_o the_o sword_n they_o that_o be_v confederate_a with_o thou_o and_o thou_o with_o they_o shall_v fall_v by_o the_o chaldaean_a sword_n which_o have_v commission_n to_o cut_v you_o all_o off_o and_o to_o send_v you_o to_o the_o state_n of_o those_o that_o former_o be_v slay_v by_o the_o sword_n you_o think_v yourself_o invulnerable_a but_o you_o shall_v find_v the_o point_n of_o the_o chaldaean_n sword_n be_v sharp_a and_o will_v enter_v she_o be_v deliver_v to_o the_o sword_n egypt_n or_o the_o multitude_n of_o egypt_n be_v deliver_v to_o the_o sword_n appoint_v to_o be_v slay_v the_o hebrew_n may_v be_v render_v thus_o the_o sword_n be_v deliver_v or_o give_v viz_o into_o the_o hand_n of_o the_o babylonian_a to_o destroy_v the_o egyptian_a withal_o draw_v she_o and_o all_o her_o multitude_n draw_v she_o egypt_n and_o her_o people_n into_o the_o grave_n the_o babylonian_n slay_v she_o and_o she_o the_o sword_n be_v in_o their_o hand_n and_o then_o drag_v they_o into_o the_o pit_n but_o these_o and_o the_o former_a word_n may_v be_v take_v otherwise_o as_o to_o note_v out_o the_o stately_a funeral_n of_o egypt_n she_o be_v deliver_v to_o the_o sword_n or_o the_o sword_n be_v lay_v under_o her_o head_n or_o by_o her_o side_n to_o show_v that_o she_o be_v warlike_a draw_v she_o and_o all_o her_o multitude_n let_v her_o body_n be_v put_v into_o a_o chariot_n be_v draw_v in_o pomp_n and_o state_n vide-junium_a vide-junium_a like_a unto_o the_o body_n of_o great_a one_o first_o observe_v god_n make_v know_v his_o mind_n to_o his_o prophet_n by_o degree_n something_o they_o have_v in_o one_o year_n give_v out_o somewhat_o in_o another_o year_n sometime_o in_o one_o month_n sometime_o in_o another_o god_n speak_v unto_o they_o here_o in_o the_o twelve_o year_n the_o fifteen_o day_n of_o the_o month_n the_o word_n of_o the_o lord_n come_v unto_o ezekiel_n god_n have_v appear_v to_o he_o the_o first_o day_n and_o again_o the_o fifteen_o day_n second_o observe_v there_o be_v season_n to_o mourn_v in_o as_o well_o as_o to_o rejoice_v in_o son_n of_o man_n wail_v for_o the_o multitude_n of_o egypt_n the_o providence_n of_o god_n do_v not_o act_v constant_o in_o one_o way_n but_o it_o make_v change_n and_o alteration_n which_o afford_v occasion_n to_o mourn_v and_o to_o laugh_v when_o god_n carry_v the_o jew_n into_o babylon_n there_o they_o hang_v up_o their_o harp_n and_o weep_v psal_n 137._o and_o when_o he_o bring_v they_o back_o again_o it_o be_v with_o sing_v isa_n 48.20_o three_o observe_v that_o at_o the_o appointment_n of_o god_n we_o may_v lament_v for_o the_o sin_n and_o judgement_n of_o god_n upon_o the_o church_n enemy_n secret_a or_o open_a the_o egyptian_n be_v never_o real_a friend_n to_o the_o jew_n but_o be_v their_o secret_n if_o not_o their_o open_a enemy_n and_o now_o when_o god_n hand_n be_v heavy_a upon_o they_o for_o their_o sin_n the_o prophet_n be_v command_v to_o wail_v for_o they_o when_o the_o church_n enemy_n suffer_v we_o be_v to_o rejoice_v but_o if_o god_n call_v to_o mourning_n for_o their_o suffering_n we_o must_v do_v it_o four_o observe_v the_o great_a in_o the_o great_a kingdom_n have_v no_o cause_n to_o glory_n and_o lift_v up_o themselves_o above_o other_o see_v they_o must_v come_v to_o the_o common_a
condition_n of_o all_o even_o to_o the_o pit_n and_o grave_a the_o king_n of_o egypt_n with_o his_o prince_n noble_n and_o confederate_n of_o famous_a nation_n must_v come_v down_o to_o the_o nether_a part_n of_o the_o earth_n egypt_n be_v a_o potent_a flourish_a kingdom_n pharaoh_n mighty_a but_o who_o do_v thou_o pass_v in_o beauty_n thy_o beauty_n glory_n strength_n wealth_n greatness_n be_v nothing_o thou_o must_v go_v down_o and_o lie_v with_o the_o uncircumcised_a in_o a_o moment_n at_o the_o beck_n of_o the_o lord_n kingdom_n be_v make_v desolate_a king_n cast_v into_o the_o grave_a and_o all_o their_o pomp_n bury_v in_o the_o dark_a let_v none_o despise_v other_o and_o exalt_v themselves_o verse_n 21._o the_o strong_a among_o the_o mighty_a shall_v speak_v to_o he_o out_o of_o the_o midst_n of_o hell_n here_o and_o so_o on_o the_o prophet_n by_o a_o figure_n call_v prosopopaeia_fw-la represent_v unto_o we_o what_o entertainment_n pharaoh_n shall_v have_v among_o the_o dead_a the_o tyrant_n and_o great_a man_n of_o the_o world_n that_o be_v in_o the_o grave_a or_o hell_n before_o shall_v speak_v unto_o he_o and_o congratulate_v his_o come_n unto_o they_o in_o a_o taunt_a way_n what_o pharaoh_n have_v thou_o who_o be_v so_o great_a and_o glorious_a leave_v the_o earth_n be_v thou_o come_v to_o we_o weak_a and_o wound_a strip_v of_o all_o and_o be_v become_v like_o we_o thou_o be_v welcome_a to_o hell_n and_o the_o condition_n we_o tyrant_n be_v in_o be_v not_o trouble_v here_o be_v many_o great_a one_o before_o thou_o both_o of_o the_o uncircumcised_a nation_n and_o also_o of_o the_o circumcise_a with_o they_o that_o help_v he_o they_o shall_v speak_v to_o he_o and_o those_o be_v his_o helper_n pharaoh_n have_v many_o helper_n to_o carry_v on_o his_o design_n on_o earth_n many_o confederate_n and_o they_o shall_v be_v welcome_v to_o hell_n also_o they_o be_v go_v down_o they_o lie_v uncircumcised_a slay_v by_o the_o sword_n the_o egyptian_n they_o be_v go_v down_o to_o the_o grave_a they_o lie_v or_o sleep_v with_o the_o uncircumcised_a or_o be_v in_o no_o better_a condition_n then_o uncircumcised_a one_o be_v in_o be_v slay_v with_o the_o sword_n these_o word_n may_v be_v understand_v of_o other_o nation_n verse_n 22._o ashur_n be_v there_o and_o all_o her_o company_n here_o the_o prophet_n begin_v the_o enumeration_n of_o particular_a nation_n who_o king_n and_o people_n be_v go_v to_o hell_n beforehand_o and_o will_v give_v entertainment_n to_o pharaoh_n the_o first_o he_o mention_n be_v ashur_n the_o assyrian_a monarch_n be_v the_o most_o ancient_a of_o great_a power_n and_o extent_n and_o the_o king_n thereof_o be_v in_o hell_n and_o all_o the_o assyrian_a company_n all_z his_o attendants_z and_o follower_n his_o grave_n be_v about_o he_o the_o king_n of_o assyria_n be_v go_v down_o to_o the_o grave_a and_o so_o be_v his_o prince_n noble_n and_o people_n which_o be_v slay_v by_o the_o sword_n they_o be_v in_o their_o grave_n near_o unto_o he_o round_o about_o he_o and_o these_o will_v speak_v to_o pharaoh_n at_o his_o come_n into_o the_o grave_a or_o hell_n verse_n 23._o who_o grave_n be_v set_v in_o the_o side_n of_o the_o pit_n the_o vulgar_a read_v the_o word_n thus_o who_o grave_n be_v in_o novissimis_fw-la laci_fw-la in_o the_o bottom_n of_o the_o lake_n import_v that_o they_o sell_v from_o the_o height_n of_o honour_n into_o the_o depth_n of_o misery_n which_o cause_v terror_n in_o the_o land_n of_o the_o live_n when_o the_o assyrian_n be_v destroy_v by_o the_o chaldaean_n or_o babylonish_n sword_n it_o be_v dreadful_a to_o those_o that_o be_v live_v or_o thus_o these_o assyrian_n while_o they_o be_v in_o the_o land_n of_o the_o live_n they_o cause_v terror_n they_o be_v tyrannical_a cruel_a &_o fill_v all_o with_o fear_n some_o restrain_v the_o land_n of_o the_o live_n only_o to_o judaea_n because_o there_o the_o jew_n only_o worship_v the_o live_a god_n and_o those_o be_v right_o among_o they_o be_v to_o enjoy_v the_o live_a god_n eternal_o but_o we_o may_v take_v the_o land_n of_o the_o live_n here_o in_o opposition_n to_o the_o state_n of_o the_o dead_a and_o so_o other_o land_n be_v include_v yea_o all_o where_o be_v any_o live_n verse_n 24_o 25._o there_o be_v elam_n and_o all_o her_o multitude_n round_o about_o her_o grave_a all_o of_o they_o slay_v fall_v by_o the_o sword_n which_o be_v go_v down_o uncircumcised_a into_o the_o nether_a part_n of_o the_o earth_n which_o cause_v their_o terror_n in_o the_o land_n of_o the_o live_n yet_o have_v they_o bear_v their_o shame_n with_o they_o that_o go_v down_o to_o the_o pit_n they_o have_v set_v she_o a_o bed_n in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o slay_v with_o all_o her_o multitude_n her_o grave_n be_v round_o about_o he_o all_o of_o they_o uncircumcised_a slay_v by_o the_o sword_n though_o their_o terror_n be_v cause_v in_o the_o land_n of_o the_o live_n yet_o have_v they_o bear_v their_o shame_n with_o they_o that_o go_v down_o to_o the_o pit_n he_o be_v put_v in_o the_o midst_n of_o they_o that_o be_v slay_v the_o elamites_n be_v the_o persian_n and_o mede_n and_o what_o he_o say_v of_o ashur_n that_o he_o now_o say_v of_o elam_n the_o king_n of_o the_o mede_n and_o persian_n with_o his_o multitude_n who_o live_v be_v terrible_a unto_o many_o be_v now_o in_o hell_n ready_a to_o give_v entertainment_n to_o pharaoh_n who_o be_v come_v thither_o of_o elam_n you_o may_v read_v jer_n 49.34_o to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o chapter_n verse_n 24._o yet_o have_v they_o bear_v their_o shame_n with_o they_o that_o go_v down_o to_o the_o pit_n they_o be_v tyrannical_a and_o so_o a_o terror_n to_o other_o but_o they_o be_v cut_v off_o by_o the_o scythian_n say_v polanius_n and_o carry_v the_o shame_n of_o their_o tyranny_n and_o wickedness_n with_o they_o or_o they_o die_v ignominious_o verse_n 25._o they_o have_v set_v she_o a_o bed_n in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o slay_v with_o all_o her_o multitude_n when_o great_a one_o remove_v preparation_n be_v make_v for_o they_o whither_o they_o remove_v so_o here_o even_o in_o the_o grave_a and_o hell_n a_o bed_n be_v provide_v for_o elam_n in_o the_o bed_n in_o darkness_n and_o rest_n such_o be_v the_o grave_a vault_n or_o sepulchre_n oâ—_n elam_n in_o this_o verse_n there_o be_v a_o enallagie_a of_o gender_n and_o number_n verse_n 26_o 27_o 28._o there_o be_v meshech_n tubal_n and_o all_o her_o multitude_n her_o grave_n be_v round_o about_o he_o all_o of_o they_o uncircumcised_a slay_v by_o the_o sword_n though_o they_o cause_v their_o terror_n in_o the_o land_n of_o the_o live_n and_o they_o shall_v not_o lie_v with_o the_o mighty_a that_o be_v fall_v of_o the_o uncircumcised_a which_o be_v go_v down_o to_o hell_n with_o their_o weapon_n of_o war_n and_o they_o have_v lay_v their_o sword_n under_o their_o head_n but_o their_o iniquity_n shall_v be_v upon_o their_o bone_n though_o they_o be_v the_o terror_n of_o the_o mighty_a in_o the_o land_n of_o the_o live_n yea_o thou_o shall_v be_v break_v in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o uncircumcised_a and_o shall_v lie_v with_o they_o that_o be_v slay_v with_o the_o sword_n here_o the_o prophet_n bring_v in_o a_o three_o kind_n of_o example_n which_o be_v meshech_n and_o tubal_n verse_n 26._o there_o be_v meshech_n tubal_n and_o all_o her_o multitude_n by_o meshech_n some_o expositor_n understand_v the_o scythian_n other_o the_o cappadocian_o and_o by_o tubal_n the_o iberian_o and_o albanian_o which_o be_v near_o together_o and_o both_o of_o they_o in_o the_o eastern_a part_n all_o these_o may_v be_v understand_v for_o the_o scythian_n pass_v through_o cappadocia_n iberia_n and_o albania_n have_v many_o of_o those_o country_n join_v with_o they_o when_o they_o break_v into_o asia_n between_o pontus_n and_o the_o caspian_a sea_n and_o so_o plague_v the_o elamites_n the_o king_n of_o these_o place_n be_v not_o yet_o slay_v and_o go_v down_o to_o the_o pit_n though_o the_o word_n import_v it_o do_v because_o of_o the_o certainty_n of_o it_o but_o it_o be_v near_o at_o hand_n and_o to_o be_v effect_v before_o the_o death_n of_o pharaoh_n who_o they_o be_v to_o speak_v unto_o at_o his_o come_n down_o to_o the_o grave_a her_o grave_n be_v round_o about_o he_o etc._n etc._n the_o grave_n of_o the_o man_n of_o each_o country_n be_v round_o about_o the_o king_n of_o that_o country_n they_o be_v people_n uncircumcised_a out_o of_o covenant_n with_o god_n slay_v by_o the_o sword_n notwithstanding_o they_o be_v terrible_a to_o other_o verse_n 27._o and_o they_o shall_v not_o lie_v with_o the_o mighty_a that_o be_v fall_v of_o the_o uncircumcised_a which_o be_v go_v down_o to_o hell_n with_o their_o weapon_n of_n war_n among_o the_o heathen_n
in_o the_o world_n be_v dreadful_a unto_o other_o and_o go_v down_o to_o the_o grave_a in_o pomp_n or_o not_o shall_v afterward_o bear-their_a shame_n and_o sin_n the_o mighty_a one_o of_o ashur_n of_o elam_n of_o meshech_n tubal_n edom_n those_o of_o the_o north_n and_o zidon_n who_o be_v a_o terror_n in_o the_o land_n of_o the_o live_n some_o of_o they_o be_v bury_v in_o pomp_n they_o go_v down_o to_o hell_n with_o their_o weapon_n of_o war_n and_o they_o have_v their_o sword_n lay_v under_o their_o head_n other_o have_v not_o funeral_n or_o no_o pomp_n at_o they_o but_o they_o all_o do_v bear_v their_o shame_n and_o their_o iniquity_n be_v upon_o their_o bone_n they_o live_v wicked_o oppress_v grievous_o play_v the_o devil_n on_o the_o earth_n they_o bear_v their_o shame_n and_o god_n punish_v they_o for_o their_o iniquity_n tyrant_n be_v fear_v and_o honour_v as_o god_n while_o they_o live_v but_o be_v dead_a their_o name_n do_v stink_n and_o their_o torment_n be_v terrible_a punientur_fw-la potens_fw-la potenter_fw-la punientur_fw-la proportion_v to_o the_o power_n they_o have_v abuse_v and_o mischief_n do_v by_o they_o five_o observe_v externall_n privilege_n profit_v not_o prince_n nor_o people_n unless_o they_o be_v godly_a they_o must_v perish_v like_o those_o that_o want_v those_o privilege_n the_o edomite_n be_v circumcise_v which_o be_v a_o great_a privilege_n in_o paul_n account_n phil._n 35._o a_o sign_n of_o the_o covenant_n between_o god_n and_o his_o people_n gen_n 17.11_o but_o because_o they_o and_o their_o prince_n be_v wicked_a circumcision_n profit_v they_o not_o they_o be_v lay_v with_o the_o uncircumcised_a they_o have_v no_o more_o favour_n from_o the_o hand_n of_o the_o lord_n than_o his_o worst_a enemy_n than_o those_o that_o be_v out_o of_o covenant_n and_o open_a enemy_n unto_o he_o let_v man_n take_v heed_n how_o they_o rest_v upon_o their_o privilege_n and_o profession_n it_o be_v not_o baptism_n be_v in_o a_o church_n enjoy_v of_o ordinance_n have_v of_o gift_n high_a notion_n and_o admirable_a expression_n will_v advantage_v man_n or_o woman_n at_o last_o unless_o they_o be_v real_o godly_a a_o thousand_o such_o privilege_n will_v do_v they_o no_o good_a gal._n 6.15_o in_o christ_n jesus_n neither_o circumcision_n avail_v any_o thing_n nor_o uncircumcision_n but_o a_o new_a creature_n verse_n 31_o 32._o pharaoh_n shall_v see_v they_o and_o shall_v be_v comfort_v over_o all_o his_o multitude_n even_o pharaoh_n and_o all_o his_o army_n slay_v by_o the_o sword_n say_v the_o lord_n god_n for_o i_o have_v cause_v my_o terror_n in_o the_o land_n of_o the_o live_n and_o he_o shall_v be_v lay_v in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o uncircumcised_a with_o they_o that_o be_v slay_v with_o the_o sword_n even_o pharaoh_n and_o all_o his_o multitude_n say_v the_o lord_n god_n in_o these_o two_o verse_n be_v the_o conclusion_n of_o this_o prophecy_n lamentation_n or_o funeral_n of_o pharaoh_n and_o the_o egyptian_n which_o be_v the_o comfort_n he_o shall_v have_v among_o those_o mighty_a man_n and_o prince_n before_o mention_v and_o this_o be_v in_o the_o 31._o verse_n and_o then_o the_o end_n of_o god_n judgement_n upon_o king_n and_o people_n vers_n 32._o verse_n 31._o pharaoh_n shall_v see_v they_o and_o shall_v be_v comfort_v when_o pharaoh_n shall_v come_v to_o hell_n or_o the_o grave_a and_o see_v what_o king_n prince_n and_o multitude_n of_o people_n be_v there_o suffer_v such_o thing_n as_o himself_o must_v this_o shall_v comfort_v he_o that_o he_o have_v such_o companion_n and_o so_o many_o to_o lose_v his_o life_n kingdom_n and_o people_n be_v sad_a thing_n bitter_a affliction_n but_o when_o he_o see_v other_o have_v do_v so_o before_o he_o and_o they_o as_o great_a as_o himself_o this_o be_v as_o a_o cordial_n unto_o he_o pharaoh_n and_o all_o his_o army_n slay_v by_o the_o sword_n nabuchadnezzar_n king_n of_o babylon_n come_v short_o after_o this_o pprophecy_n against_o he_o and_o the_o egyptian_n and_o make_v a_o great_a slaughter_n among_o they_o cut_v off_o man_n and_o beast_n from_o the_o land_n as_o be_v say_v chap._n 29.11_o verse_n 32._o for_o i_o have_v cause_v my_o terror_n in_o the_o land_n of_o the_o live_n junius_n read_v the_o word_n when_o i_o shall_v put_v my_o terror_n montanus_n because_o i_o have_v put_v my_o break_n in_o the_o land_n of_o the_o live_n a_o preter_fw-la tense_n for_o a_o future_a the_o sense_n be_v this_o when_o i_o shall_v cut_v off_o pharaoh_n and_o his_o army_n by_o the_o babylonish_n sword_n this_o judgement_n of_o i_o upon_o they_o will_v cause_v terror_n in_o the_o nation_n that_o be_v live_v they_o will_v be_v afraid_a of_o my_o judgement_n pharaoh_n make_v they_o afraid_a by_o his_o war_n and_o i_o shall_v make_v they_o afraid_a by_o my_o judgement_n first_o observe_v the_o comfort_n that_o wicked_a one_o have_v after_o death_n in_o hell_n be_v poor_a comfort_n its_o imaginary_a comfort_n rather_o than_o real_a what_o comfort_n be_v it_o to_o see_v many_o in_o prison_n in_o torment_n suffer_v proportionable_a punishment_n for_o their_o iniquity_n pharaoh_n shall_v see_v they_o and_o shall_v be_v comfort_v he_o shall_v see_v the_o king_n of_o several_a country_n there_o the_o great_a tyrant_n of_o the_o world_n and_o shall_v be_v punish_v like_o unto_o they_o his_o comfort_n be_v in_o conceit_n but_o his_o punishment_n in_o reality_n polanus_fw-la call_v it_o crudele_fw-la solatium_fw-la cruel_a comfort_n for_o a_o king_n to_o be_v in_o fire_n and_o brimstone_n with_o other_o king_n people_z to_o be_v weep_v and_o gnash_n of_o their_o thou_fw-mi h_o with_o other_o be_v cold_a and_o cruel_a comfort_n many_o flatter_v themselves_o that_o if_o they_o dogo_n to_o hell_n they_o shall_v have_v companion_n there_o which_o will_v be_v some_o ease_n but_o it_o rather_o will_v aggravate_v their_o misery_n to_o hear_v their_o dreadful_a howl_n and_o yell_n their_o curse_v one_o another_o that_o ever_o they_o know_v each_o other_o second_o observe_v god_n cut_v off_o king_n and_o nation_n by_o his_o just_a judgement_n that_o he_o may_v strike_v fear_n into_o the_o live_n cause_v they_o to_o cease_v from_o sin_n and_o learn_v righteousness_n when_o pharaoh_n and_o all_o his_o army_n be_v slay_v by_o the_o sword_n than_o the_o lord_n send_v his_o terror_n in_o the_o land_n of_o the_o live_n than_o the_o nation_n far_o and_o nigh_o tremble_v at_o the_o severe_a judgement_n of_o the_o lord_n such_o judgement_n be_v awaken_n thing_n and_o call_v aloud_o to_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o the_o earth_n to_o repent_v and_o reform_v their_o way_n chap._n xxxiii_o verse_n 1_o 2_o 3_o 4_o 5_o 6._o again_o the_o word_n of_o the_o lord_n come_v unto_o i_o say_v son_n of_o man_n speak_v to_o the_o child_n of_o thy_o people_n and_o say_v unto_o they_o when_o i_o bring_v the_o sword_n upon_o a_o land_n if_o the_o people_n of_o the_o land_n take_v a_o man_n of_o their_o coast_n and_o set_v he_o for_o their_o watchman_n if_o when_o he_o see_v the_o sword_n come_v upon_o the_o land_n he_o blow_v the_o trumpet_n and_o warn_v the_o people_n then_o whosoever_o hear_v the_o sound_n of_o the_o trumpet_n and_o take_v not_o warning_n if_o the_o sword_n come_v and_o take_v he_o away_o his_o blood_n shall_v be_v upon_o his_o own_o head_n he_o hear_v the_o sound_n of_o the_o trumpet_n and_o take_v not_o warning_n his_o blood_n shall_v be_v upon_o he_o but_o he_o that_o take_v warning_n shall_v deliver_v his_o soul_n but_o if_o the_o watchman_n see_v the_o sword_n come_v and_o blow_v not_o the_o trumpet_n and_o the_o people_n be_v not_o warn_v if_o the_o sword_n come_v and_o take_v any_o person_n from_o among_o they_o he_o be_v take_v away_o in_o his_o iniquity_n but_o his_o blood_n will_v i_o require_v at_o the_o watchman_n hand_n our_o prophet_n have_v finish_v his_o pprophecy_n against_o the_o nation_n in_o eight_o chapter_n from_o the_o 24._o to_o this_o 33._o which_o be_v the_o second_o general_n part_n of_o his_o whole_a pprophecy_n come_v here_o again_o to_o prophesy_v unto_o the_o jew_n and_o begin_v the_o three_o general_n part_n of_o his_o pprophecy_n which_o extend_v to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o 39_o chapter_n in_o this_o chapter_n be_v these_o thing_n lay_v down_o 1._o a_o renovation_n of_o the_o prophet_n call_v to_o his_o office_n with_o the_o description_n thereof_o from_o the_o 1._o verse_n to_o the_o 10._o 2._o a_o confirmation_n of_o the_o prophet_n against_o the_o calumny_n of_o the_o jew_n from_o the_o 10._o to_o the_o 21._o 3._o a_o denunciation_n of_o judgement_n against_o those_o that_o be_v not_o smite_v at_o the_o take_n of_o jerusalem_n from_o the_o 21._o to_o the_o 30._o 4._o a_o reproof_n of_o those_o that_o be_v captive_n in_o babylon_n for_o their_o hypocrisy_n and_o covetousness_n from_o
church_n in_o judaea_n galilee_n and_o samaria_n act_v 9.31_o the_o church_n of_o syria_n and_o cilicia_n act_v 15.41_o the_o church_n in_o asia_n rev_n 1.11_o the_o church_n of_o macedonia_n 2_o cor_fw-la 8.1_o the_o church_n of_o galatia_n 1_o cor_n 16.1_o the_o church_n of_o the_o gentile_n rom_n 16.4_o be_v all_o call_v the_o church_n of_o christ_n rom_n 16.16_o they_o have_v their_o particular_a pastor_n teacher_n elder_n but_o christ_n be_v the_o universal_a pastor_n paul_n be_v the_o apostle_n of_o the_o gentile_n peter_n of_o the_o jew_n but_o christ_n be_v the_o apostle_n and_o shepherd_n of_o both_o therefore_o say_v john_n 10.16_o that_o he_o have_v other_o sheep_n which_o he_o must_v bring_v to_o his_o fold_n mean_v the_o gentile_n second_o christ_n be_v a_o shepherd_n that_o feed_v they_o with_o such_o meat_n and_o drink_n as_o other_o shepherd_n can_v they_o may_v feed_v they_o with_o knowledge_n and_o understanding_n jer_n 3.15_o but_o beside_o this_o christ_n feed_v they_o with_o his_o flesh_n and_o blood_n john_n 6.51_o 53_o 54_o 55._o math_n 26.26_o 28._o he_o feed_v they_o with_o his_o spirit_n john_n 16.7_o act_n 8.15_o 17._o three_o he_o inable_v all_o other_o shepherd_n to_o discharge_v the_o trust_n commit_v to_o they_o those_o that_o be_v over_o his_o flock_n he_o give_v they_o their_o gift_n their_o grace_n their_o power_n they_o have_v nothing_o but_o what_o they_o receive_v of_o he_o therefore_o isaiah_n chap_n 50.4_o say_v the_o lord_n god_n have_v give_v i_o the_o tongue_n of_o the_o learned_a that_o i_o shall_v know_v to_o speak_v a_o word_n in_o season_n to_o he_o that_o be_v weary_a isaiah_n who_o be_v one_o of_o the_o jewish_a shepherd_n have_v all_o his_o wisdom_n skill_n and_o power_n from_o the_o lord_n christ_n and_o when_o he_o send_v out_o his_o twelve_o apostle_n matth_n 10.8_o he_o tell_v they_o they_o have_v free_o receive_v and_o must_v free_o give_v no_o shepherd_n give_v aught_o to_o christ_n he_o communicate_v all_o to_o they_o john_n 15.5_o without_o i_o you_o can_v do_v nothing_o but_o christ_n can_v do_v all_o without_o they_o four_o christ_n be_v a_o abide_n a_o everlasting_a unchangeable_a shepherd_n other_o shepherd_n be_v flit_a hither_o and_o thither_o and_o at_o last_o die_v and_o leave_v the_o flock_n christ_n do_v not_o so_o he_o die_v for_o the_o flock_n but_o be_v bring_v again_o from_o the_o dead_a heb_fw-mi 13.20_o and_o live_v for_o ever_o make_v intercession_n for_o his_o flock_n heb_fw-mi 7.25_o he_o stand_v on_o mount_n zion_n rev_n 14.1_o behold_v and_o feed_v they_o daily_o he_o walk_v in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o golden_a candlestick_n rev_n 2.1_o five_o christ_n know_v which_o be_v sheep_n and_o which_o be_v goat_n john_n 10.3_o 14_o 26_o 27._o other_o do_v not_o even_o my_o servant_n david_n christ_n be_v here_o call_v david_n and_o so_o in_o many_o other_o place_n as_o jer_n 30.9_o hos_fw-la 3.5_o isa_n 37.35_o 2_o king_n 19.34_o ezek_n 37.24_o 25._o in_o all_o those_o place_n be_v christ_n call_v david_n because_o he_o come_v of_o the_o seed_n of_o david_n according_a to_o the_o flesh_n as_o it_o be_v rom_n 1.3_o and_o because_o david_n be_v a_o type_n of_o christ_n he_o may_v have_v say_v my_o servant_n abraham_n isaac_n jacob_n as_o isa_n 49.3_o thou_o be_v my_o servant_n o_o israel_n christ_n be_v call_v israel_n because_o he_o be_v from_o the_o israelitish_n naâ—ion_n but_o david_n be_v name_v because_o he_o be_v the_o first_o godly_a king_n of_o all_o israel_n and_o judah_n 25._o with_fw-mi galat_n l._n 3._o c._n 25._o and_o so_o type_v out_o christ_n more_o eminent_o than_o his_o predecessor_n my_o servant_n so_o christ_n be_v call_v isa_n 42.1_o chap_n 52.13_o ezek_n 37.24_o 25._o and_o in_o other_o place_n a_o servant_n be_v one_o who_o be_v under_o another_o and_o who_o keep_v and_o do_v thing_n commend_v to_o he_o by_o his_o master_n christ_n as_o man_n be_v under_o his_o father_n and_o keep_v his_o commandment_n john_n 15.10_o he_o serve_v he_o in_o take_v man_n nature_n upon_o he_o and_o do_v his_o will_n in_o redeem_v and_o save_v man_n heb_fw-mi 10.9_o matth_n 20.28_o john_n 13.16_o phil_n 2.7_o he_o shall_v feed_v they_o he_o shall_v be_v their_o shepherd_n he_o insist_o upon_o and_o repeat_v the_o same_o thing_n again_o to_o show_v the_o great_a care_n diligence_n and_o intention_n of_o christ_n in_o and_o upon_o his_o work_n of_o feed_v the_o flock_n he_o shall_v make_v it_o his_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d his_o business_n to_o do_v it_o other_o have_v make_v it_o their_o work_n to_o fleece_v they_o to_o scatter_v or_o devour_v they_o but_o he_o shall_v so_o mind_v they_o as_o to_o make_v up_o what_o be_v want_v in_o other_o and_o to_o do_v some_o singular_a thing_n for_o they_o he_o shall_v go_v in_o and_o out_o before_o they_o and_o lay_v down_o his_o life_n for_o they_o verse_n 24._o and_o i_o the_o lord_n will_v be_v their_o god_n the_o hebrew_n be_v and_o i_o jehovah_n will_v be_v to_o they_o for_o a_o god_n or_o a_o god_n to_o they_o the_o french_a be_v mais_n moi_fw-fr qui_fw-fr suis_fw-fr seigneur_fw-fr ie_fw-fr seray_fw-fr leur_fw-fr dieu_fw-fr but_o i_o who_o be_o the_o lord_n will_v be_v their_o god_n though_o i_o give_v they_o christ_n to_o be_v their_o shepherd_n yet_o i_o will_v be_v their_o god_n i_o will_v not_o denude_v or_o divest_v myself_o of_o my_o right_n and_o power_n over_o they_o but_o i_o will_v still_o be_v their_o god_n this_o sense_n be_v true_a but_o i_o like_v it_o better_a to_o take_v the_o word_n as_o we_o have_v they_o and_o i_o the_o lord_n will_v be_v their_o god_n i_o will_v set_v my_o son_n or_o servant_n david_n over_o they_o to_o feed_v they_o and_o i_o the_o lord_n will_v be_v their_o god_n they_o shall_v find_v i_o a_o merciful_a and_o gracious_a god_n they_o shall_v find_v i_o in_o christ_n my_o son_n their_o shepherd_n reconcile_a they_o unto_o myself_o not_o impute_v their_o trespass_n unto_o they_o i_o will_v be_v their_o god_n to_o pardon_v they_o to_o take_v special_a care_n of_o they_o to_o deliver_v they_o to_o comfort_v and_o counsel_v they_o in_o all_o their_o strait_n and_o misery_n and_o to_o communicate_v choice_a mercy_n unto_o they_o of_o these_o word_n before_o chap_n 11.20_o and_o my_o servant_n david_n a_o prince_n among_o they_o the_o word_n be_v to_o be_v read_v thus_o my_o servant_n david_n shall_v be_v a_o prince_n among_o they_o if_o we_o take_v the_o former_a word_n with_o they_o its_o clear_a they_o ought_v to_o be_v read_v i_o will_v be_v their_o god_n and_o my_o servant_n david_n shall_v be_v a_o prince_n among_o they_o so_z piscator_fw-la read_v the_o word_n and_o so_o the_o french_a translation_n mon_fw-fr seruit_fw-la cur_n david_n ser_n aâ—le_a prince_n au_fw-fr milieux_fw-fr d'eux_fw-fr my_o servant_n david_n shall_v be_v a_o prince_n in_o the_o midst_n of_o they_o whether_o this_o pprophecy_n be_v fullfil_v be_v questionable_a there_o be_v somewhat_o in_o the_o gospel_n may_v make_v we_o conceive_v it_o be_v for_o matth_n 2.2_o it_o be_v say_v where_o be_v he_o that_o be_v bear_v king_n of_o the_o jew_n and_o matth_n 21.5_o tell_v you_o the_o daughter_n of_o zion_n behold_v thy_o king_n come_v unto_o thou_o act_v 5.31_o god_n have_v exalt_v he_o to_o be_v a_o prince_n and_o a_o saviour_n and_o rev_n 1.5_o he_o be_v style_v prince_n of_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n these_o scripture_n evince_n that_o christ_n be_v a_o king_n a_o prince_n but_o not_o that_o he_o reign_v as_o a_o prince_n among_o they_o for_o he_o profess_v that_o he_o come_v not_o to_o reign_v but_o to_o serve_v mat._n 20.28_o phil._n 2.7_o and_o therefore_o wash_v his_o disciple_n foot_n john_n 13.12_o and_o when_o they_o will_v make_v he_o a_o king_n he_o will_v not_o john_n 6.15_o christ_n have_v appear_v full_o in_o his_o priestly_a and_o prophetical_a office_n and_o have_v have_v the_o honour_n of_o they_o but_o he_o have_v not_o appear_v in_o his_o kingly_a office_n nor_o have_v the_o honour_n of_o it_o therefore_o it_o be_v conceive_v this_o pprophecy_n be_v not_o yet_o fulfil_v but_o that_o the_o time_n be_v to_o come_v wherein_o he_o shall_v reign_v as_o a_o prince_n and_o king_n in_o the_o midst_n of_o his_o people_n luke_n 22.29_o 30._o i_o appoint_v unto_o you_o a_o kingdom_n as_o my_o father_n have_v appoint_v unto_o i_o that_o you_o may_v eat_v and_o drink_v at_o my_o table_n in_o my_o kingdom_n the_o time_n be_v come_v that_o christ_n shall_v reign_v and_o keep_v a_o table_n like_o a_o prince_n where_o his_o friend_n shall_v free_o eat_v and_o drink_v christ_n speak_v not_o this_o of_o his_o spiritual_a kingdom_n which_o be_v now_o in_o the_o church_n and_o heart_n of_o his_o people_n
sodom_n and_o gomorrah_n be_v never_o build_v again_o but_o the_o city_n of_o edom_n be_v as_o appear_v by_o malipiero_n 1.4_o jer_n 27.7_o all_o nation_n shall_v serve_v nabuchadnezzar_n and_o his_o son_n and_o his_o son_n son_n until_o the_o very_a time_n of_o his_o land_n come_v and_o then_o many_o nation_n and_o great_a king_n shall_v serve_v themselves_o of_o he_o edom_n be_v afterward_o possess_v again_o and_o the_o edomite_n so_o strong_a and_o malicious_a that_o they_o besiege_v the_o israelite_n 1_o maccabe_n 5.3_o by_o perpetual_a therefore_o we_o must_v not_o understand_v eternal_a that_o which_o have_v no_o end_n but_o that_o which_o be_v for_o a_o long_a time_n so_o the_o word_n olam_n do_v usual_o signify_v and_o it_o be_v render_v by_o some_o seculum_fw-la i_o will_v make_v thou_o desolationes_fw-la seculi_fw-la the_o desolation_n of_o a_o age_n thirty_o a_o hundred_o or_o a_o thousand_o year_n for_o a_o long_a season_n thou_o shall_v be_v desolate_a without_o city_n and_o inhabitant_n and_o thy_o city_n shall_v not_o return_v not_o till_o after_o a_o long_a time_n and_o then_o they_o shall_v not_o return_v unto_o that_o glory_n strength_n and_o greatness_n which_o former_o they_o be_v in_o after_o city_n and_o country_n be_v once_o waste_v they_o attain_v not_o to_o their_o former_a condition_n oft_o in_o many_o generation_n first_o observe_v bloody_a man_n frequent_o have_v bloody_a end_n idumea_n be_v cruel_a and_o bloody_a against_o the_o israelite_n there_o god_n prepare_v she_o for_o blood_n and_o say_v blood_n shall_v pursue_v thou_o since_o thou_o have_v not_o hate_v blood_n blood_n call_v for_o blood_n the_o babylonian_n be_v bloody_a and_o cruel_a to_o the_o jew_n and_o hear_v what_o the_o lord_n say_v jer_n 51.36_o i_o will_v plead_v thy_o cause_n and_o take_v vengeance_n for_o thou_o &_o vers_fw-la 40._o i_o will_v bring_v they_o down_o like_o lamb_n to_o the_o slaughter_n like_o ram_n with_o he-goat_n god_n will_v deal_v with_o they_o as_o butcher_n do_v with_o such_o creature_n they_o take_v away_o their_o life_n and_o shed_v their_o blood_n hosea_n 1.4_o i_o will_v avenge_v the_o blood_n of_o jezreel_n upon_o the_o house_n of_o jehu_n he_o cause_v the_o seventy_o son_n of_o ahab_n to_o be_v behead_v by_o the_o ruler_n of_o jezreel_n 2_o king_n 10.1.7_o and_o this_o blood_n do_v god_n avenge_v upon_o his_o house_n 2_o sam_n 21._o 1._o saul_n house_n be_v bloody_a he_o slay_v the_o gibeonite_n and_o seven_o son_n of_o he_o be_v put_v to_o death_n for_o it_o vers_n 6._o &_o 9_o so_o god_n pursue_v blood_n with_o blood_n in_o like_a manner_n be_v joab_n deal_v withal_o he_o shed_v innocent_a blood_n and_o his_o blood_n be_v shed_v at_o the_o horn_n of_o the_o altar_n 1_o king_n 2.29.31_o second_o observe_v when_o god_n do_v visit_v wicked_a one_o for_o shed_v of_o blood_n he_o do_v it_o full_o and_o thorough_o god_n will_v make_v mount_n seir_n without_o inhabitant_n those_o that_o go_v out_o and_o those_o that_o come_v in_o shall_v be_v cut_v off_o such_o a_o slaughter_n will_v he_o make_v among_o they_o as_o that_o the_o mountain_n hill_n valley_n and_o river_n shall_v be_v fill_v with_o the_o slay_a body_n isaiah_n speak_v of_o god_n visit_v the_o edomite_n chap_n 34.6_o 7._o say_v the_o sword_n of_o the_o lord_n be_v fill_v with_o blood_n it_o be_v make_v fat_a with_o fatness_n and_o with_o the_o blood_n of_o lamb_n and_o goat_n with_o the_o fat_a of_o the_o kidney_n of_o ram_n for_o the_o lord_n have_v a_o sacrifice_n in_o bozrah_n and_o a_o great_a slaughter_n in_o the_o land_n of_o idumea_n and_o the_o vnicorn_n shall_v come_v down_o with_o they_o and_o the_o bullock_n with_o the_o bull_n and_o their_o land_n shall_v be_v soak_v with_o blood_n and_o their_o dust_n make_v fat_a with_o fatness_n great_a and_o small_a rich_a and_o poor_a noble_a and_o ignoble_a shall_v be_v cut_v off_o three_o observe_v that_o according_a to_o the_o time_n of_o man_n sin_v god_n do_v lengthen_v out_o his_o judgement_n edom_n have_v perpetual_a hatred_n and_o god_n say_v i_o will_v make_v thou_o perpetual_a desolation_n edom_n anger_n do_v tear_v perpetual_o amos_n 1.11_o and_o god_n judgement_n upon_o edom_n have_v a_o perpetuity_n obadiah_n 10._o she_o be_v cut_v off_o for_o ever_o those_o that_o continue_v long_o in_o a_o course_n of_o sin_v god_n cause_v sometime_o to_o lie_v long_o under_o severe_a judgement_n the_o jew_n be_v seaventy_n year_n in_o captivity_n they_o have_v live_v long_o in_o idolatry_n verse_n 10._o because_o thou_o have_v say_v these_o two_o nation_n and_o these_o two_o country_n shall_v be_v i_o and_o we_o will_v possess_v it_o whereas_o the_o lord_n be_v there_o the_o idumean_n have_v a_o fruitful_a land_n of_o their_o own_o that_o satisfy_v they_o not_o covetousness_n and_o desire_n of_o rule_n possess_v they_o they_o think_v and_o say_v the_o whole_a land_n of_o judaea_n shall_v become_v they_o the_o babylonian_n will_v root_v the_o jew_n whole_o out_o leave_v the_o land_n and_o so_o it_o will_v fall_v to_o their_o lot_n and_o possession_n these_o two_o nation_n and_o these_o two_o country_n when_o god_n bring_v the_o jew_n out_o of_o egypt_n into_o canaan_n they_o be_v one_o nation_n and_o it_o one_o land_n and_o so_o continue_v till_o the_o rent_n make_v by_o jeroboam_n 1_o king_n 12._o then_o ten_o tribe_n fall_v off_o from_o rehoboam_n constitute_v a_o new_a kingdom_n and_o so_o the_o people_n and_o land_n be_v divide_v into_o two_o nation_n and_o two_o country_n the_o one_o sort_n be_v call_v ephraim_n the_o house_n of_o israel_n samaritan_n and_o their_o country_n samaria_n the_o other_o sort_n be_v call_v jew_n the_o house_n of_o david_n and_o their_o country_n judaea_n shall_v be_v i_o and_o we_o will_v possess_v it_o judaea_n and_o samaria_n say_v edom_n shall_v be_v i_o and_o we_o edomite_n will_v possess_v it_o and_o make_v it_o one_o land_n again_o as_o it_o be_v at_o first_o none_o have_v so_o much_o right_n to_o it_o as_o we_o who_o be_v from_o the_o same_o stock_n isaac_n and_o from_o the_o elder_a brother_n esau_n whereas_o they_o be_v from_o jacob_n and_o see_v the_o babylonian_n be_v come_v to_o cut_v they_o off_o we_o will_v join_v with_o they_o to_o secure_v ourselves_o and_o recover_v our_o right_n when_o the_o temple_n and_o city_n be_v destroy_v the_o jew_n carry_v into_o captivity_n and_o the_o land_n make_v desolate_a the_o neighbour_a nation_n gape_v for_o and_o get_v what_o they_o can_v of_o their_o country_n jer_n 49.1_o concern_v the_o ammonite_n thus_o say_v the_o lord_n have_v israel_n no_o son_n have_v he_o no_o heir_n why_o then_o do_v their_o king_n inherit_v gad_n and_o his_o people_n dwell_v in_o his_o city_n ammonite_n edomite_n and_o other_o say_v come_v let_v we_o cut_v they_o off_o from_o be_v a_o nation_n and_o let_v we_o take_v to_o ourselves_o the_o house_n of_o god_n in_o possession_n psal_n 83.4_o 12._o whereas_o the_o lord_n be_v there_o the_o word_n may_v be_v read_v thus_o though_o the_o lord_n be_v there_o and_o so_o they_o set_v out_o the_o arrogancy_n and_o blasphemy_n of_o the_o edomite_n who_o say_v they_o will_v possess_v the_o land_n though_o the_o lord_n be_v there_o he_o will_v not_o hinder_v they_o from_o come_v in_o sit_v down_o and_o continue_v in_o it_o or_o the_o word_n there_o may_v relate_v to_o the_o edomite_n the_o lord_n be_v there_o among_o they_o when_o they_o say_v these_o two_o nation_n and_o these_o two_o country_n shall_v be_v i_o and_o we_o will_v possess_v it_o he_o hear_v these_o word_n and_o be_v displease_v at_o they_o come_v from_o pride_n and_o bitterness_n of_o spirit_n or_o three_o the_o word_n may_v be_v take_v as_o we_o read_v they_o and_o afford_v this_o sense_n the_o edomite_n have_v presume_v much_o promise_v great_a matter_n to_o themselves_o to_o have_v the_o whole_a land_n of_o canaan_n in_o possession_n whereas_o the_o lord_n be_v there_o and_o have_v that_o land_n under_o his_o patronage_n reserve_v it_o for_o temple-worship_n again_o as_o it_o have_v have_v it_o former_o that_o land_n be_v domicilium_fw-la dei_fw-la the_o habitation_n of_o god_n who_o will_v not_o suffer_v the_o bloody_a edomite_n whatever_o thought_n they_o have_v or_o attempt_n they_o shall_v make_v to_o inhabit_v that_o land_n and_o defile_v his_o holy_a mountain_n with_o their_o idolatrous_a sacrifice_n though_o he_o do_v great_o afflict_v the_o land_n yet_o he_o do_v not_o whole_o desert_n it_o first_o observe_v wicked_a man_n the_o enemy_n of_o zion_n do_v think_v and_o design_n to_o raise_v themselves_o by_o the_o ruin_n and_o spoil_v thereof_o edom_n say_v these_o two_o nation_n and_o these_o two_o country_n shall_v be_v i_o whatever_o be_v leave_v of_o the_o jew_n i_o will_v have_v if_o there_o
it_o 2_o chron._n 36.22_o 23._o and_o it_o be_v do_v the_o get_v peter_n out_o of_o prison_n seem_v a_o thing_n impossible_a he_o be_v in_o two_o chain_n between_o two_o soldier_n keeper_n at_o the_o door_n a_o first_o and_o second_o ward_n after_o these_o to_o pass_v by_o and_o then_o a_o iron_n gate_n to_o open_v all_o these_o thing_n be_v as_o nothing_o to_o god_n he_o send_v a_o angel_n who_o bring_v peter_n out_o of_o prison_n notwithstanding_o all_o these_o difficulty_n and_o as_o to_o man_n impossibility_n act_n 12._o god_n say_v jer._n 32.27_o i_o be_o the_o lord_n the_o god_n of_o all_o flesh_n be_v there_o any_o thing_n too_o hard_o for_o i_o many_o thing_n be_v too_o hard_o for_o you_o but_o be_v there_o any_o thing_n in_o heaven_n or_o earth_n too_o hard_o for_o i_o what_o can_v i_o bring_v the_o jew_n again_o to_o canaan_n vers_fw-la 37._o i_o will_v gather_v they_o out_o of_o all_o country_n whither_o i_o have_v drive_v they_o in_o my_o anger_n and_o in_o my_o fury_n and_o in_o great_a wrath_n and_o i_o will_v bring_v they_o again_o to_o this_o place_n viz_o to_o jerusalem_n second_o observe_v land_n be_v at_o the_o dispose_n of_o god_n you_o shall_v dwell_v in_o the_o land_n that_o i_o give_v to_o your_o father_n canaan_n god_n first_o give_v to_o the_o canaanite_n for_o their_o iniquity_n god_n take_v it_o away_o and_o give_v it_o to_o the_o jew_n they_o provoke_v god_n by_o their_o idolatry_n and_o oppression_n he_o take_v it_o from_o they_o and_o give_v it_o to_o the_o chaldean_n who_o have_v possess_v it_o for_o some_o year_n he_o take_v it_o from_o they_o and_o restore_v it_o again_o to_o the_o jew_n not_o only_o the_o land_n of_o canaan_n be_v dispose_v of_o by_o the_o lord_n but_o all_o land_n and_o nation_n be_v his_o and_o give_v to_o who_o he_o please_v jer._n 10.7_o he_o be_v king_n of_o nation_n he_o rule_v in_o the_o kingdom_n of_o man_n and_o give_v they_o to_o who_o he_o will_v dan._n 4.32_o all_o king_n be_v god_n copyholders_n and_o he_o can_v turn_v they_o out_o of_o their_o tenor_n at_o pleasure_n jer._n 27.5_o 6._o i_o have_v make_v the_o earth_n and_o give_v it_o unto_o who_o it_o seem_v meet_v unto_o i_o and_o now_o have_v i_o give_v all_o these_o land_n into_o the_o hand_n of_o nabuchadnezzar_n king_n of_o babylon_n he_o turn_v out_o the_o king_n of_o moab_n the_o king_n of_o edom_n the_o king_n of_o the_o ammonite_n the_o king_n of_o tyre_n the_o king_n of_o zidon_n and_o give_v all_o their_o land_n into_o the_o hand_n of_o nabuchadnezzar_n three_o observe_v no_o condition_n of_o god_n people_n be_v so_o grievous_a but_o shall_v have_v a_o comfortable_a issue_n that_o the_o jew_n be_v in_o captivity_n deprive_v of_o all_o those_o sweet_a enjoyment_n they_o have_v in_o the_o land_n of_o canaan_n be_v grievous_a that_o they_o be_v among_o idolater_n blasphemer_n in_o a_o pollute_a land_n and_o make_v to_o serve_v the_o enemy_n of_o god_n this_o be_v exceed_v grievous_a unto_o they_o yet_o this_o condition_n be_v not_o to_o last_v always_o it_o shall_v have_v a_o comfortable_a end_n they_o shall_v return_v and_o dwell_v in_o the_o land_n of_o their_o father_n and_o enjoy_v their_o ancient_n honourable_a and_o comfortable_a privilege_n in_o the_o apostle_n day_n the_o church_n be_v under_o great_a persecution_n and_o many_o suffer_v act_v 8._o &_o 9_o chap_n but_o the_o persecution_n and_o suffering_n of_o the_o saint_n have_v a_o end_n yea_o a_o comfortable_a end_n for_o chap_n 9.31_o it_o be_v say_v then_o have_v the_o church_n rest_n throughout_o all_o judea_n and_o galilee_n and_o samaria_n and_o be_v edify_v and_o walk_v in_o the_o fear_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o in_o the_o comfort_n of_o the_o holy_a spirit_n be_v multiply_v here_o be_v a_o bless_a conclusion_n of_o a_o sad_a persecution_n this_o bluster_a winter_n have_v a_o sweet_a spring_n follow_v of_o it_o four_o observe_v it_o be_v a_o act_n of_o grace_n in_o god_n to_o take_v any_o people_n to_o be_v his_o and_o a_o renew_a act_n of_o grace_n to_o fall_v in_o again_o with_o those_o that_o have_v revolt_v from_o he_o and_o he_o have_v cast_v off_o what_o be_v in_o this_o people_n of_o the_o jew_n at_o first_o to_o move_v he_o to_o mind_v they_o to_o take_v they_o for_o his_o people_n they_o have_v that_o enough_o in_o they_o and_o as_o all_o other_o nation_n have_v to_o make_v he_o abhor_v they_o but_o nothing_o to_o incline_v his_o heart_n towards_o they_o ezek._n 16.5_o 6._o when_o thy_o person_n be_v loathe_v and_o thou_o be_v pollute_v in_o thy_o blood_n i_o say_v unto_o thou_o live_v vers_fw-la 8._o i_o enter_v into_o covenant_n with_o thou_o and_o thou_o become_v my_o here_o be_v a_o act_n of_o grace_n it_o be_v god_n pleasure_n make_v they_o his_o people_n 1_o sam._n 12.22_o and_o nothing_o else_o and_o when_o they_o have_v forsake_v god_n jer._n 2.13_o and_o he_o have_v cast_v they_o out_o of_o his_o sight_n jer._n 7.15_o which_o be_v do_v when_o they_o be_v cast_v into_o babylon_n to_o fall_v in_o again_o with_o these_o to_o own_v they_o for_o his_o people_n and_o to_o become_v their_o god_n again_o this_o be_v a_o renew_a act_n of_o grace_n height_n of_o mercy_n strength_n of_o love_n god_n may_v have_v say_v you_o be_v weary_a of_o i_o and_o i_o be_o weary_a of_o you_o i_o know_v your_o thought_n and_o what_o come_v into_o your_o mind_n that_o you_o will_v be_v as_o the_o heathen_a as_o the_o family_n of_o the_o country_n to_o serve_v wood_n and_o stone_n ezek._n 20.32_o but_o god_n will_v not_o suffer_v it_o he_o will_v bring_v they_o out_o of_o babylon_n be_v their_o god_n and_o take_v they_o to_o be_v his_o people_n which_o set_v out_o the_o freeness_n and_o fullness_n of_o divine_a grace_n he_o will_v not_o let_v his_o people_n become_v heathenish_a and_o worship_v heathen_a god_n five_o observe_v all_o nation_n have_v not_o a_o equal_a interest_n in_o god_n his_o favour_n and_o grace_n be_v not_o alike_o dispense_v unto_o all_o god_n say_v not_o to_o the_o babylonian_n you_o shall_v be_v my_o people_n and_o i_o will_v be_v your_o god_n this_o be_v speak_v to_o the_o jew_n and_o to_o no_o other_o nation_n therefore_o say_v god_n of_o that_o nation_n you_o only_o have_v i_o know_v of_o all_o the_o family_n of_o the_o earth_n 3.2_o amos_n 3.2_o you_o have_v i_o take_v into_o near_a relation_n than_o any_o other_o you_o have_v i_o know_v by_o way_n of_o covenant_n you_o have_v i_o know_v so_o as_o to_o record_v my_o name_n among_o you_o and_o to_o dwell_v among_o you_o but_o so_o i_o have_v not_o deal_v with_o other_o nation_n they_o be_v without_o god_n in_o the_o world_n ephes_n 2.12_o they_o be_v far_o off_o ver_fw-la 13._o from_o god_n from_o the_o mean_n of_o grace_n and_o salvation_n the_o gentile_n have_v not_o such_o interest_n in_o god_n as_o the_o jew_n have_v they_o have_v common_a favour_n as_o they_o be_v his_o creature_n under_o the_o covenant_n of_o work_n these_o have_v special_a favour_n as_o they_o be_v his_o people_n under_o the_o covenant_n of_o grace_n isa_n 43.3_o i_o be_o the_o lord_n thy_o god_n the_o holy_a one_o of_o israel_n thy_o saviour_n i_o give_v egypt_n for_o thy_o ransom_n ethiopia_n and_o seba_n for_o thou_o god_n expose_v they_o to_o destruction_n for_o the_o safety_n of_o the_o jew_n six_o observe_v that_o people_n be_v honour_v and_o happy_a who_o the_o lord_n own_v to_o be_v his_o and_o vouchsafe_v to_o be_v their_o god_n you_o shall_v be_v my_o people_n and_o i_o will_v be_v your_o god_n what_o great_a honour_n can_v the_o jew_n have_v in_o the_o woâ—ld_n then_o to_o be_v take_v by_o the_o infinite_a holy_a great_a and_o glorious_a god_n to_o be_v his_o people_n it_o be_v a_o great_a honour_n when_o pooâ—_n beggarly_a people_n be_v take_v into_o great_a man_n and_o prince_n service_n much_o more_o be_v it_o so_o when_o a_o sinful_a nation_n be_v take_v in_o by_o god_n to_o be_v his_o people_n and_o not_o only_o be_v it_o a_o honour_n but_o a_o happiness_n psal_n 144.15_o happy_a be_v that_o people_n who_o god_n be_v the_o lord_n be_v not_o that_o people_n happy_a which_o have_v peace_n and_o plenty_n of_o all_o good_a thing_n yes_o it_o be_v a_o humane_a a_o conceit_a happiness_n but_o it_o be_v not_o a_o real_a a_o true_a happiness_n that_o lie_v in_o have_v god_n our_o god_n our_o loâ—d_n propriety_n in_o a_o deity_n make_v a_o nation_n or_o peâ—son_n happy_a psal_n 33.12_o bless_a be_v the_o nation_n who_o god_n be_v the_o lord_n and_o the_o people_n who_o he_o have_v choose_v for_o his_o own_o inheritance_n david_n who_o be_v a_o prophet_n and_o a_o man_n after_o god_n own_o heart_n
abundant_o isa_n 30.2_o verse_n 36._o then_o the_o heathen_a that_o be_v leave_v round_o about_o you_o shall_v know_v that_o i_o the_o lord_n build_v the_o ruin_a place_n and_o plant_v that_o that_o be_v desolate_a i_o the_o lord_n have_v speak_v it_o and_o will_v do_v it_o god_n have_v through_o his_o grace_n pardon_v his_o people_n bring_v they_o to_o zion_n and_o bestow_v many_o blessing_n upon_o they_o here_o the_o end_n of_o all_o be_v set_v down_o and_o that_o be_v the_o glorify_v of_o god_n not_o only_o by_o the_o jew_n but_o also_o by_o the_o very_a heathen_n then_o the_o heathen_a that_o be_v leave_v round_o about_o you_o after_o nabuchadnezzar_n have_v lay_v jerusalem_n and_o judea_n waste_v he_o fall_v upon_o the_o ammonite_n moabite_n edomite_n philistines_n tyrian_n and_o egyptian_n and_o spoil_v they_o therefore_o our_o prophet_n say_v the_o heathen_a that_o be_v leave_v some_o escape_v and_o remain_v until_o the_o jew_n restauration_n shall_v know_v that_o i_o the_o lord_n build_v the_o ruin_a place_n they_o shall_v be_v so_o convince_v by_o the_o return_n of_o the_o jew_n and_o the_o mercy_n they_o enjoy_v that_o they_o shall_v acknowledge_v it_o to_o be_v the_o hand_n of_o god_n that_o he_o be_v faithful_a in_o make_v good_a his_o promise_n to_o his_o people_n able_a to_o save_v and_o bountiful_a in_o bestow_v such_o mercy_n upon_o they_o the_o word_n to_o build_v be_v banah_n which_o signify_v to_o build_v a_o house_n distinguish_v into_o its_o several_a room_n and_o part_n the_o city_n town_n and_o house_n every_o where_o have_v be_v ruin_v and_o god_n raise_v they_o up_o again_o and_o plant_v that_o that_o be_v desolate_a the_o word_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d to_o plant_v signify_v the_o put_n of_o tree_n vine_n shrub_n or_o any_o plant_n into_o the_o earth_n and_o to_o cover_v they_o so_o with_o earth_n that_o they_o remain_v fix_v therein_o the_o orchard_n garden_n vineyard_n olive-yard_n place_n of_o pleasure_n and_o profit_n be_v lay_v desolate_a the_o tree_n plant_n herb_n and_o flower_n be_v all_o cut_v down_o or_o pull_v up_o by_o the_o root_n those_o place_n god_n do_v re-plant_a and_o make_v as_o useful_a and_o delightful_a as_o ever_o i_o the_o lord_n have_v speak_v it_o and_o will_v do_v it_o i_o have_v purpose_v it_o in_o myself_o i_o have_v speak_v it_o by_o ezekiel_n and_o i_o will_v do_v it_o the_o hebrew_n be_v i_o have_v do_v it_o a_o preter_fw-la tense_n for_o a_o future_a which_o be_v frequent_a as_o isa_n 46.11_o i_o have_v purpose_v the_o hebrew_n be_v jatzarti_fw-la i_o have_v form_v i_o have_v create_v the_o preter_fw-la tense_n for_o the_o future_a as_o the_o former_a and_o follow_a word_n do_v show_v i_o have_v speak_v it_o i_o will_v also_o bring_v it_o to_o pass_v i_o will_v form_v or_o create_v it_o i_o will_v also_o do_v it_o first_o observe_v that_o though_o judgement_n begin_v at_o god_n house_n yet_o it_o end_v not_o there_o the_o babylonian_n first_o fall_v upon_o the_o jew_n and_o destroy_v they_o and_o after_o proceed_v to_o the_o heathen_n they_o cut_v off_o many_o nation_n of_o they_o the_o sword_n first_o do_v eat_v the_o flesh_n of_o jew_n and_o then_o the_o flesh_n of_o ammonite_n moabite_n edomite_n etc._n etc._n when_o the_o green_a tree_n be_v lop_v than_o the_o axe_n cut_v down_o the_o dry_a tree_n wicked_a man_n and_o nation_n be_v glad_a when_o it_o go_v ill_o with_o the_o church_n &_o people_n of_o god_n but_o usual_o when_o god_n have_v correct_v his_o own_o he_o break_v the_o horn_n the_o back_n and_o bone_n of_o their_o and_o his_o enemy_n the_o cup_n of_o god_n fury_n begin_v at_o jerusalem_n but_o it_o stay_v not_o there_o it_o pass_v thence_o to_o egypt_n to_o the_o mingle_a people_n to_o we_o philistia_n ashkelon_n azzah_n ekron_n and_o ashdod_n etc._n etc._n to_o all_o the_o king_n of_o the_o north_n and_o to_o all_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o world_n upon_o the_o face_n of_o the_o earth_n jer_n 25.15_o 16_o 17_o 18_o 19_o 20_o 21_o 22_o 23_o 24_o 25_o 26._o it_o be_v a_o unrighteous_a thing_n if_o god_n shall_v judge_v his_o friend_n and_o spare_v his_o enemy_n and_o this_o he_o acknowledge_v vers_fw-la 29._o lo_o i_o begin_v to_o bring_v evil_a on_o the_o city_n which_o be_v call_v by_o my_o name_n and_o shall_v you_o the_o heathen_n be_v utter_o unpunished_a you_o shall_v not_o be_v unpunished_a for_o i_o will_v call_v for_o a_o sword_n upon_o all_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o the_o earth_n say_v the_o lord_n of_o host_n second_o observe_v some_o work_n of_o god_n be_v so_o convince_a that_o they_o cause_n even_o heathen_n to_o see_v and_o acknowledge_v the_o hand_n of_o god_n in_o they_o and_o so_o to_o glorify_v he_o the_o bring_v the_o jew_n out_o of_o babylon_n the_o re-planting_a they_o in_o canaan_n the_o re-building_n of_o their_o waste_a place_n people_n of_o they_o rebuilt_a and_o make_v their_o country_n like_o the_o garden_n of_o eden_n convince_v the_o heathen_n so_o that_o they_o say_v and_o acknowledge_v it_o be_v the_o lord_n have_v do_v these_o thing_n which_o be_v a_o glorify_v of_o his_o name_n psal_n 126.1_o 2._o the_o babylonian_n and_o other_o say_v the_o lord_n have_v do_v great_a thing_n for_o they_o when_o he_o turn_v their_o captivity_n there_o be_v so_o much_o of_o god_n wisdom_n power_n mercy_n bounty_n in_o some_o of_o his_o work_n that_o they_o constrain_v all_o that_o behold_v they_o to_o acknowledge_v he_o in_o they_o see_v nehem_n 9.16_o psal_n 98.1_o 2._o isa_n 52.9_o 10._o three_o observe_v that_o architecture_n and_o husbandry_n be_v the_o work_n of_o the_o lord_n i_o build_v the_o ruin_a place_n and_o plant_v that_o that_o be_v desolate_a there_o be_v no_o house_n no_o city_n build_v but_o the_o lord_n have_v the_o chief_a hand_n therein_o psal_n 127.1_o except_o the_o lord_n build_v the_o house_n they_o labour_v in_o vain_a that_o build_v it_o all_o be_v nothing_o without_o the_o counsel_n assistance_n and_o blessing_n of_o god_n he_o teach_v the_o carpenter_n and_o mason_n their_o art_n he_o inable_v they_o to_o work_v and_o bless_v they_o work_v so_o for_o husbandman_n it_o be_v god_n that_o do_v instruct_v they_o to_o discretion_n and_o teach_v they_o isa_n 28.26_o they_o have_v all_o their_o plough_v sow_v and_o plant_v skill_n from_o he_o this_o come_v forth_o from_o the_o lord_n of_o host_n who_o be_v wonderful_a in_o counsel_n and_o excellent_a in_o work_v vers_fw-la 29._o if_o a_o land_n be_v well_o build_v with_o house_n city_n castle_n it_o be_v the_o lord_n that_o build_v they_o if_o it_o be_v well_o till_v and_o plant_v with_o orchard_n garden_n vineyard_n and_o nursery_n of_o young_a tree_n it_o be_v the_o lord_n that_o have_v till_v and_o plant_v they_o man_n art_n and_o industry_n be_v nothing_o without_o he_o four_o observe_v god_n purpose_n and_o promise_n shall_v take_v effect_n and_o certain_o be_v fullfil_v god_n be_v faithful_a in_o what_o he_o say_v and_o will_v perform_v the_o same_o i_o the_o lord_n have_v speak_v it_o and_o will_v do_v it_o he_o will_v not_o go_v back_o from_o his_o word_n change_v his_o purpose_n and_o counsel_n or_o falsify_v his_o promise_n isa_n 31.2_o he_o will_v not_o call_v back_o his_o word_n isa_n 14.27_o the_o lord_n of_o host_n have_v purpose_v and_o who_o shall_v disannul_v it_o isa_n 46.10_o my_o counsel_n shall_v stand_v and_o i_o will_v do_v all_o my_o pleasure_n jer_n 32.42_o i_o will_v bring_v upon_o they_o all_o the_o good_a that_o i_o have_v promise_v they_o there_o be_v none_o wise_a than_o god_n to_o advise_v he_o so_o as_o to_o alter_v his_o purpose_n or_o counsel_n there_o be_v none_o strong_a than_o god_n to_o hinder_v he_o from_o make_v good_a what_o he_o have_v purpose_v and_o promise_v isa_n 43.13_o i_o will_v work_v and_o who_o shall_v let_v it_o all_o the_o babylonian_n can_v not_o hinder_v god_n set_v his_o people_n at_o liberty_n all_o the_o wild_a beast_n briar_n and_o thorn_n in_o canaan_n can_v not_o hinder_v he_o from_o bring_v they_o in_o and_o make_v the_o land_n like_o eden_n plentiful_a and_o pleasant_a all_o the_o policy_n and_o power_n of_o tobiah_n sanballat_n and_o other_o can_v not_o hinder_v the_o build_n of_o the_o temple_n and_o wall_n of_o the_o city_n god_n have_v promise_v jerusalem_n shall_v be_v rebuilt_a and_o fence_v that_o the_o jew_n shall_v have_v their_o temple_n to_o worship_n in_o again_o and_o they_o have_v they_o verse_n 37._o thus_o say_v the_o lord_n god_n i_o will_v yet_o for_o this_o be_v inquire_v of_o by_o the_o house_n of_o israel_n to_o do_v it_o for_o they_o i_o will_v increase_v they_o with_o man_n like_o a_o flock_n the_o word_n iddaresh_a be_v from_o darash_n which_o signify_v to_o make_v
be_v say_v unto_o they_o you_o be_v not_o my_o people_n there_o it_o shall_v be_v say_v unto_o they_o you_o be_v the_o son_n of_o the_o live_a god_n this_o be_v speak_v of_o the_o land_n of_o canaan_n there_o he_o do_v disow_v they_o and_o there_o he_o will_v own_v they_o again_o testimony_n to_o this_o truth_n give_v jeremy_n chap._n 50.4_o 5._o in_o those_o day_n and_o in_o that_o time_n say_v the_o lord_n the_o child_n of_o israel_n shall_v come_v they_o and_o all_o the_o child_n of_o judah_n together_o go_v and_o weep_v they_o shall_v go_v and_o seek_v the_o lord_n their_o god_n they_o shall_v ask_v the_o way_n to_o zion_n with_o their_o face_n thitherward_o say_v come_v and_o let_v we_o join_v ourselves_o to_o the_o lord_n in_o a_o perpetual_a covenant_n that_o in_o isa_n 2.2_o 3._o speak_v to_o the_o same_o purpose_n and_o most_o clear_o that_o isa_n 11.11_o and_o it_o shall_v come_v to_o pass_v in_o that_o day_n that_o the_o lord_n shall_v set_v his_o hand_n again_o the_o second_o time_n to_o recover_v the_o remnant_n of_o his_o people_n which_o shall_v be_v leave_v from_o assiria_n and_o from_o egypt_n and_o from_o pathros_n and_o from_o chush_fw-mi and_o from_o elam_n and_o from_o shinar_n and_o from_o hamath_n and_o from_o the_o land_n of_o the_o sea_n and_o in_o the_o 12._o and_o he_o shall_v set_v up_o a_o ensign_n for_o the_o nation_n and_o shall_v assemble_v the_o outcast_n of_o israel_n and_o gather_v together_o the_o disperse_a of_o judah_n from_o the_o four_o corner_n of_o the_o earth_n here_o be_v mention_n of_o a_o second_o gather_v of_o they_o from_o assyria_n which_o have_v not_o yet_o be_v fulfil_v but_o shall_v when_o the_o lamb_n stand_v upon_o mount_n zion_n with_o his_o 144000_o seal_v out_o of_o all_o the_o tribe_n rev._n 14.1_o chap._n 7.4_o consider_v isa_n 65.17_o 18_o 19_o 21_o 22._o three_o observe_v the_o lord_n know_v how_o too_o and_o can_v reconcile_v divide_v nation_n i_o will_v make_v they_o one_o nation_n in_o the_o land_n upon_o the_o mountain_n of_o israel_n the_o jew_n be_v divide_v into_o two_o nation_n or_o kingdom_n there_o be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o israel_n and_o the_o kingdom_n of_o judah_n and_o they_o be_v at_o great_a enmity_n such_o enmity_n that_o they_o will_v have_v no_o commerce_n one_o with_o another_o joh._n 4.9_o the_o ten_o tribe_n go_v under_o the_o name_n of_o samaritan_n the_o other_o be_v call_v jew_n they_o be_v of_o divers_a religion_n ver_fw-la 22._o they_o have_v their_o calf_n at_o dan_n and_o bethel_n the_o true_a worship_n be_v at_o jerusalem_n the_o enmity_n grow_v so_o great_a between_o they_o that_o they_o be_v at_o open_a war_n and_o seek_v the_o destruction_n of_o one_o another_o those_o of_o israel_n and_o samaria_n slay_v in_o judah_n 120000_o valiant_a man_n in_o one_o day_n and_o carry_v away_o captive_a of_o their_o brethren_n 200000_o woman_n son_n and_o daughter_n and_o those_o they_o slay_v be_v in_o a_o rage_n reach_v up_o to_o heaven_n 2_o chron._n 28.6_o 8_o 9_o now_o notwithstanding_o all_o the_o rage_n fury_n enmity_n bitterness_n be_v in_o they_o one_o against_o another_o god_n know_v how_o to_o reconcile_v they_o and_o make_v they_o one_o nation_n one_o people_n so_o that_o ephraim_n shall_v not_o envy_v judah_n and_o judah_n shall_v not_o vex_v ephraim_n isa_n 11.13_o but_o they_o shall_v agree_v and_o cordial_o love_v one_o another_o the_o jew_n and_o gentile_n be_v at_o a_o great_a distance_n than_o the_o jew_n among_o themselves_o yet_o god_n know_v how_o to_o reconcile_v they_o and_o do_v it_o eph._n 2.12_o 13_o 14_o 15_o 16._o verse_n 23._o neither_o shall_v they_o defile_v themselves_o any_o more_o with_o their_o idol_n nor_o with_o their_o detestable_a thing_n nor_o with_o any_o of_o their_o transgression_n but_o i_o will_v save_v they_o out_o of_o all_o their_o dwell_a place_n wherein_o they_o have_v sin_v and_o will_v cleanse_v they_o so_o shall_v theybe_v my_o people_n and_o i_o will_v be_v their_o god_n in_o this_o verse_n there_o lie_v before_o we_o 1._o the_o renounce_n of_o their_o idolatrous_a way_n and_o other_o evil_n 2._o deliverance_n of_o they_o from_o the_o place_n they_o be_v captive_a in_o 3._o spiritual_a cleanse_v or_o sanctification_n of_o they_o 4._o renewal_n of_o the_o covenant_n between_o they_o and_o god_n neither_o shall_v they_o defile_v themselves_o any_o more_o with_o their_o idol_n the_o jew_n be_v much_o addict_v to_o idolatry_n no_o soon_o be_v they_o out_o of_o egypt_n but_o they_o part_v with_o their_o earing_n to_o make_v a_o calf_n exod._n 32.34_o when_o they_o be_v in_o the_o wilderness_n they_o join_v themselves_o to_o baal-peor_n numb_a 25.3_o in_o time_n of_o the_o judge_n when_o in_o the_o land_n of_o canaac_n they_o serve_v other_o god_n judg._n 10.13_o and_o after_o the_o rent_n of_o jeroboam_n the_o ten_o tribe_n do_v worship_v the_o calf_n at_o dan_n and_o bethel_n 1_o king_n 12.29_o 30._o judah_n also_o tread_v in_o the_o same_o step_n commit_v adultery_n with_o stone_n and_o with_o stock_n jer._n 3.8_o 9_o but_o when_o they_o shall_v be_v unite_v into_o one_o nation_n and_o kingdom_n again_o israel_n shall_v cease_v from_o her_o calf_n and_o judah_n from_o her_o idol_n they_o shall_v no_o more_o go_v a_o whore_v after_o they_o whereby_o they_o defile_v themselves_o and_o the_o land_n nor_o with_o their_o detestable_a thing_n nor_o with_o any_o of_o their_o transgression_n sanctius_n think_v these_o three_o word_n idol_n detestable_a thing_n transgression_n to_o signify_v one_o and_o the_o same_o thing_n to_o set_v forth_o the_o sinfulness_n of_o idol_n and_o false_a religion_n they_o be_v detestable_a and_o cause_v the_o great_a breach_n between_o god_n and_o men._n the_o word_n for_o transgression_n be_v pesha_n which_o note_v apostasy_n rebellion_n a_o proud_a and_o malicious_a violate_v of_o a_o command_n we_o may_v by_o transgression_n here_o understand_v not_o only_o their_o idolatry_n but_o their_o other_o capital_a and_o cry_a sin_n when_o god_n please_v to_o call_v and_o convert_v the_o jew_n and_o from_o they_o into_o one_o nation_n than_o they_o shall_v loathe_v themselves_o and_o their_o former_a do_n but_o i_o will_v save_v they_o out_o of_o all_o their_o dwell_a place_n wherein_o they_o have_v sin_v they_o be_v scatter_v up_o and_o down_o into_o divers_a country_n and_o into_o several_a part_n in_o those_o country_n where_o they_o settle_v themselves_o and_o sâ—nned_v by_o conform_v to_o the_o heathen_a among_o who_o they_o dwell_v ezek._n 20.32_o jer._n 44.8_o but_o in_o what_o country_n soever_o they_o be_v the_o lord_n will_v have_v a_o eye_n to_o they_o and_o deliver_v they_o and_o will_v cleanse_v they_o the_o word_n in_o hebrew_n for_o cleanse_v be_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d taher_n which_o be_v contrary_a to_o tamee_n signify_v to_o defile_v pollute_v and_o because_o a_o thing_n defile_v have_v lose_v its_o beauty_n some_o make_v taher_n to_o import_v munditiem_fw-la nitentem_fw-la shine_v or_o beautiful_a cleanse_n for_o when_o the_o filth_n of_o thing_n be_v take_v away_o there_o be_v a_o splendour_n and_o beauty_n god_n say_v here_o he_o will_v cleanse_v they_o that_o be_v from_o their_o idolatry_n and_o other_o sin_n by_o the_o blood_n of_o christ_n and_o by_o his_o holy_a spirit_n so_o shall_v they_o be_v my_o people_n and_o i_o will_v be_v their_o god_n now_o they_o lie_v in_o a_o desolate_a condition_n and_o be_v look_v at_o as_o cast_v off_o of_o god_n yea_o themselves_o conclude_v they_o be_v cut_v off_o from_o i_o ver_fw-la 11._o but_o when_o they_o be_v gather_v out_o of_o the_o country_n where_o they_o be_v disperse_v and_o cleanse_v from_o their_o iniquity_n then_o will_v i_o manifest_v to_o all_o the_o world_n that_o they_o be_v my_o people_n and_o that_o i_o be_o their_o god_n they_o themselves_o shall_v see_v and_o know_v it_o they_o shall_v acknowledge_v i_o to_o be_v their_o god_n and_o i_o will_v acknowledge_v they_o to_o be_v my_o people_n the_o covenant_n between_o we_o shall_v be_v renew_v and_o manifest_v first_o observe_v from_o the_o two_o verse_n before_o this_o and_o the_o next_o that_o when_o god_n begin_v to_o show_v mercy_n to_o his_o people_n afflict_v he_o multiply_v mercy_n upon_o they_o he_o will_v take_v they_o from_o among_o the_o heathen_a bring_v they_o into_o their_o own_o land_n make_v they_o one_o nation_n set_v one_o king_n over_o they_o continue_v they_o in_o the_o same_o condition_n take_v their_o heart_n off_o from_o iâ—â—s_n cleanse_v they_o from_o their_o defilement_n take_v they_o into_o covenant_n with_o himself_o give_v they_o david_n to_o be_v their_o king_n and_o keep_v they_o in_o do_v of_o his_o will_n here_o be_v a_o series_n of_o many_o and_o great_a mercy_n the_o like_v you_o have_v chap._n 36.24_o 25_o
christ_n descend_v from_o their_o loin_n as_o well_o and_o real_o as_o from_o david_n but_o it_o be_v say_v david_n my_o servant_n shall_v be_v their_o king_n and_o the_o reason_n be_v because_o david_n be_v king_n over_o israel_n and_o judah_n which_o they_o be_v not_o and_o the_o first_o godly_a king_n they_o have_v my_o servant_n david_n do_v serve_v the_o lord_n and_o fulfil_v all_o his_o will_n act._n 13.22_o and_o so_o christ_n be_v his_o servant_n isa_n 52.13_o behold_v my_o servant_n shall_v deal_v prudent_o and_o he_o do_v so_o for_o he_o fulfil_v all_o righteousness_n mat._n 3.15_o and_o do_v the_o will_n of_o he_o that_o send_v he_o joh._n 4_o 34_o be_v in_o the_o form_n â—f_o a_o servant_n phil._n 2.7_o and_o shall_v be_v king_n over_o they_o the_o jew_n have_v many_o king_n some_o be_v very_o good_a as_o david_n solomon_n jehâ—shaphat_n hezekiah_n josiah_n etc._n etc._n but_o none_o of_o they_o like_o unto_o this_o king_n the_o lord_n christ_n the_o sceptre_n of_o his_o kingdom_n be_v a_o sceptre_n of_o righteousness_n heb._n 1.8_o other_o king_n have_v crooked_a sceptre_n and_o much_o oppression_n be_v in_o their_o government_n but_o christ_n sceptre_n be_v a_o righteous_a sceptre_n and_o none_o shall_v be_v oppress_v thereby_o righteousness_n shall_v be_v the_o girdle_n of_o his_o loin_n and_o faithfulness_n the_o girdle_n of_o his_o reins_o isa_n 11.5_o he_o will_v break_v in_o piece_n the_o oppressor_n psal_n 72.4_o the_o lord_n tell_v you_o in_o jeremiah_n what_o a_o king_n this_o king_n shall_v be_v chap._n 23.5_o i_o will_v raise_v unto_o david_n a_o righteous_a branch_n and_o a_o king_n shall_v reign_v and_o prosper_v and_o shall_v execute_v justice_n and_o judgement_n in_o the_o earth_n so_o psal_n 45.4_o in_o thy_o majesty_n ride_v prosperous_o because_o of_o truth_n and_o meekness_n and_o righteousness_n most_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n because_o they_o be_v false_a rigid_a unrighteous_a do_v not_o prosper_v but_o christ_n because_o of_o truth_n shall_v be_v trust_v because_o of_o meekness_n shall_v be_v love_v because_o of_o righteousness_n shall_v be_v honour_v and_o so_o shall_v prosper_v and_o they_o shall_v have_v one_o shepherd_n of_o these_o word_n have_v be_v speak_v chap_n 34_o 23._o mitiget_fw-la tantae_fw-la erit_fw-la clementiae_fw-la dicit_fw-la hyeronimus_n ut_fw-la non_fw-la solum_fw-la rex_fw-la sed_fw-la &_o pastor_n appelletur_fw-la eo_fw-la quòd_fw-la superbum_fw-la nomen_fw-la imperii_fw-la vocabulo_fw-la pastoris_fw-la mitiget_fw-la king_n and_o shepheard_n be_v here_o equivalent_a they_o shall_v not_o have_v many_o shepherd_n as_o former_o who_o destroy_v they_o jerem._n 12.10_o but_o one_o shepherd_n that_o be_v one_o better_a than_o they_o all_o one_o transcendent_a and_o incomparable_a a_o shepherd_n after_o god_n own_o heart_n who_o shall_v feed_v they_o with_o knowledge_n and_o understanding_n jer._n 3.15_o who_o shall_v gather_v the_o lamb_n with_o his_o arm_n and_o carry_v they_o in_o his_o bosom_n and_o gentle_o lead_v those_o whâ—ch_n be_v with_o young_a isa_n 40.11_o they_o shall_v also_o walk_v in_o my_o judgement_n and_o observe_v my_o statute_n and_o do_v they_o in_o chap._n 36.27_o you_o have_v these_o word_n only_o here_o judgement_n be_v mention_v before_o statute_n and_o there_o statute_n be_v set_v before_o judgement_n the_o meaning_n be_v they_o shall_v no_o more_o live_v after_o the_o course_n of_o man_n or_o imagination_n of_o their_o own_o heart_n but_o they_o shall_v consult_v with_o the_o word_n of_o god_n and_o frame_v their_o life_n according_a to_o it_o they_o shall_v trust_v no_o long_o in_o their_o legal_a performance_n but_o look_v at_o david_n their_o king_n and_o call_v he_o the_o lord_n our_o righteousness_n some_o look_n upon_o this_o promise_n of_o david_n to_o be_v king_n over_o the_o jew_n as_o accomplish_v in_o the_o reign_n of_o christ_n the_o messiah_n when_o here_o on_o earth_n for_o he_o give_v out_o his_o command_n then_o and_o require_v obedience_n unto_o they_o mat._n 28.18_o 19_o 20._o all_o power_n be_v give_v unto_o i_o in_o heaven_n and_o in_o earth_n go_v you_o therefore_o and_o teach_v all_o nation_n teach_v they_o to_o observe_v all_o thing_n whatsoever_o i_o have_v command_v you_o christ_n manifest_v himself_o here_o to_o be_v king_n of_o the_o jew_n and_o of_o all_o nation_n other_o be_v of_o a_o different_a judgement_n and_o do_v believe_v that_o this_o great_a promise_n make_v here_o to_o the_o two_o house_n of_o judah_n and_o israel_n remain_v yet_o to_o be_v perform_v 1._o because_o the_o two_o house_n be_v not_o yet_o unite_v into_o one_o as_o have_v former_o be_v show_v which_o may_v further_o appear_v from_o that_o in_o hosea_n chap._n 3._o ver_fw-la 4_o 5._o the_o child_n of_o israel_n shall_v abide_v many_o day_n without_o a_o king_n and_o without_o a_o prince_n and_o without_o a_o sacrifice_n and_o without_o a_o image_n and_o without_o a_o ephod_n and_o without_o teraphim_n afterward_o shall_v the_o child_n of_o israel_n return_n and_o seek_v the_o lord_n their_o god_n and_o david_n their_o king_n and_o shall_v fear_v the_o lord_n and_o his_o goodness_n in_o the_o latter_a day_n this_o prophecy_n refer_v to_o the_o latter_a day_n which_o be_v the_o day_n after_o christ_n not_o before_o christ_n and_o if_o the_o two_o house_n be_v unite_v before_o christ_n come_v in_o the_o flesh_n and_o so_o he_o king_n over_o they_o as_o the_o promise_n be_v here_o how_o do_v the_o sceptre_n depart_v from_o judah_n and_o a_o lawgiver_n from_o between_o his_o foot_n in_o gen._n 49.10_o the_o promise_n be_v it_o shall_v not_o be_v so_o till_o shiloh_n that_o be_v the_o messiah_n shall_v come_v and_o then_o it_o shall_v but_o if_o the_o messiah_n be_v king_n in_o israel_n king_n over_o both_o house_n unite_v into_o one_o the_o sceptre_n do_v not_o depart_v but_o be_v advance_v this_o knot_n must_v be_v untie_v before_o we_o can_v be_v of_o their_o mind_n who_o say_v this_o prophecy_n and_o promise_n be_v at_o christ_n first_o come_v fulfil_v 2._o because_o the_o jew_n do_v not_o own_o christ_n neither_o one_o house_n nor_o the_o other_o do_v it_o neither_o judah_n nor_o israel_n acknowledge_v christ_n to_o be_v the_o messiah_n the_o jew_n say_v he_o have_v a_o devil_n joh._n 8.52_o they_o seek_v to_o kill_v he_o joh._n 7.1_o they_o take_v counsel_n together_o to_o put_v he_o to_o death_n joh._n 11.53_o when_o pilate_n say_v behold_v your_o king_n they_o cry_v away_o with_o he_o crucify_v he_o john_n 19.14_o 15._o they_o persecute_v all_o they_o who_o do_v adhere_v unto_o he_o 1_o thess_n 2.15_o 16._o 3._o the_o jew_n have_v be_v and_o be_v still_o under_o many_o king_n and_o shepherd_n some_o be_v under_o heathenish_a some_o under_o christian_a king_n but_o when_o this_o scripture_n be_v fulfil_v they_o shall_v be_v under_o none_o but_o christ_n one_o king_n shall_v be_v king_n to_o they_o all_o ver_fw-la 22._o david_n my_o servant_n shall_v be_v king_n over_o they_o and_o they_o shall_v have_v on_o shepherd_n 4._o they_o shall_v then_o walk_v in_o the_o way_n of_o christ_n not_o in_o the_o way_n of_o moses_n the_o jew_n every_o where_o to_o this_o day_n stick_v unto_o moses_n and_o reject_v the_o gospel_n as_o in_o the_o apostle_n day_n act._n 13.45_o act._n 18.5_o 6._o but_o when_o this_o promise_n be_v fulfil_v than_o they_o shall_v walk_v in_o my_o judgement_n observe_v my_o statute_n and_o do_v they_o say_v the_o lord_n that_o be_v those_o law_n and_o rule_n which_o god_n shall_v give_v out_o by_o christ_n for_o their_o government_n and_o so_o the_o name_n and_o worship_n of_o god_n and_o christ_n shall_v be_v one_o zech._n 14.9_o that_o be_v between_o jew_n and_o gentile_n for_o the_o scripture_n and_o argument_n use_v out_o of_o it_o matth._n 28.18_o 19_o 20._o 1._o take_v another_o scripture_n show_v christ_n come_v not_o to_o be_v a_o king_n and_o reign_v at_o his_o first_o come_v it_o be_v mat._n 20.28_o the_o son_n of_o man_n come_v not_o to_o be_v minister_v unto_o but_o to_o minister_v he_o come_v not_o to_o sit_v in_o a_o throne_n to_o take_v upon_o he_o the_o state_n of_o a_o prince_n to_o exercise_v dominion_n and_o authority_n to_o be_v attend_v with_o a_o lifeguard_n and_o minister_n of_o state_n he_o come_v not_o to_o assume_v any_o thing_n kinglike_a but_o he_o come_v in_o the_o form_n of_o a_o servant_n phil._n 2.7_o to_o minister_v unto_o and_o serve_v other_o yea_o to_o do_v the_o mean_a office_n belong_v to_o a_o servant_n as_o the_o wash_n of_o his_o disciple_n foot_n john_n 13.12_o 2._o the_o place_n in_o matthew_n speak_v of_o that_o power_n be_v give_v unto_o christ_n after_o his_o death_n and_o resurrection_n and_o so_o be_v the_o fruit_n and_o purchase_v of_o the_o same_o he_o speak_v not_o of_o that_o power_n which_o he_o have_v as_o god_n nor_o
that_o they_o may_v be_v ashamed_a of_o their_o iniquity_n and_o here_o it_o be_v if_o they_o be_v ashamed_a of_o all_o that_o they_o have_v do_v show_v they_o the_o form_n of_o the_o house_n in_o the_o first_o sight_n of_o the_o house_n be_v require_v as_o precedaneous_a to_o humiliation_n and_o here_o humiliation_n be_v require_v as_o precedaneous_a to_o sight_n of_o the_o house_n the_o answer_n to_o this_o seem_a contradiction_n be_v easy_a the_o sight_n of_o the_o house_n first_o be_v mercy_n and_o that_o make_v way_n for_o humiliation_n and_o then_o their_o humiliation_n upon_o that_o make_v way_n for_o further_a mercy_n first_o they_o have_v a_o general_a sight_n of_o the_o house_n which_o cause_v shame_n and_o be_v thorough_o ashamed_a they_o have_v a_o more_o distinct_a and_o particular_a knowledge_n of_o the_o same_o the_o form_n and_o fashion_n of_o the_o house_n in_o a_o house_n there_o be_v several_a part_n as_o wall_n window_n door_n post_n lintel_n gallery_n stair_n chamber_n etc._n etc._n and_o these_o be_v of_o several_a form_n and_o fashion_n which_o he_o must_v show_v to_o the_o house_n of_o israel_n even_o all_o the_o form_n which_o be_v twice_o mention_v and_o note_v the_o outward_a and_o inward_a form_n of_o the_o church_n the_o outward_a lie_v in_o profession_n in_o the_o union_n and_o harmony_n of_o the_o part_n in_o the_o greatness_n and_o extent_n of_o the_o whole_a in_o the_o discipline_n and_o government_n of_o it_o the_o inward_a form_n consist_v in_o those_o gracious_a principle_n and_o qualification_n be_v in_o those_o professor_n make_v up_o the_o house_n and_o body_n of_o christ_n in_o the_o power_n of_o godliness_n and_o the_o cordial_a close_n one_o with_o another_o in_o the_o life_n spirit_n purity_n and_o power_n of_o ordinance_n there_o be_v beauty_n and_o glory_n in_o the_o outward_a form_n but_o most_o in_o the_o inward_a psal_n 45.13_o the_o king_n daughter_n be_v all_o glorious_a within_o and_o her_o clothing_n be_v of_o wrought_a gold_n the_o church_n shine_v without_o but_o be_v very_o glorious_a within_o all-glorious_a the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n be_v within_o man_n luke_n 17.21_o and_o that_o be_v in_o righteousness_n peace_n and_o joy_n paul_n have_v a_o eye_n to_o both_o form_n when_o he_o tell_v the_o colossian_n he_o rejoice_v to_o see_v their_o order_n and_o faith_n col._n 2.5_o and_o the_o go_n out_o thereof_o and_o the_o come_n in_o thereof_o there_o be_v several_a gate_n in_o this_o temple_n and_o they_o be_v to_o come_v in_o at_o one_o and_o go_v out_o at_o another_o those_o come_v in_o at_o the_o north-gate_n must_v go_v out_o at_o the_o south-gate_n and_o they_o come_v in_o at_o the_o south-gate_n must_v go_v out_o at_o the_o north-gate_n and_o not_o at_o the_o gate_n they_o come_v in_o by_o ezek._n 46.9_o in_o this_o temple_n there_o be_v no_o turn_n back_o but_o go_v forward_o when_o the_o tabernacle_n be_v up_o there_o be_v look_v and_o turn_v back_o to_o egypt_n when_o solomon_n temple_n stand_v there_o be_v of_o they_o who_o go_v backward_o and_o not_o forward_o jer._n 7.21_o isa_n 1.4_o jer_n 15.6_o but_o in_o this_o temple_n they_o be_v to_o go_v forward_o and_o not_o backward_o isaiah_n prophesy_v that_o the_o people_n of_o this_o temple_n shall_v be_v all_o righteous_a isa_n 60.21_o and_o the_o righteous_a hold_n on_o their_o way_n job_n 17.9_o all_o the_o ordinance_n and_o all_o the_o law_n thereof_o the_o hebrew_n word_n for_o ordinance_n be_v choke_v from_o chakak_n to_o engrave_v upon_o wood_n or_o stone_n and_o that_o for_o law_n be_v torah_n from_o jarah_n to_o instruct_v or_o teach_v so_o that_o this_o latter_a import_v the_o instruction_n of_o the_o mind_n the_o former_a the_o impression_n of_o truth_n upon_o the_o heart_n and_o affection_n suarez_n say_v 5._o de_fw-fr legib_n lib._n 1._o c._n 5._o that_o a_o law_n proper_o so_o call_v be_v illuminative_a reform_v and_o direct_v the_o judgement_n and_o impulsive_a move_v the_o heart_n and_o will_v to_o action_n some_o by_o these_o ordinance_n and_o law_n understand_v the_o rite_n and_o rule_v they_o be_v to_o observe_v in_o re_fw-mi sacrificali_fw-la for_o it_o be_v probable_a be_v 70._o year_n in_o captivity_n they_o have_v forget_v they_o in_o part_n if_o not_o whole_o but_o not_o only_o these_o be_v here_o intend_v for_o then_o the_o scope_n of_o the_o vision_n will_v extend_v no_o further_o than_o zorobabel_n temple_n whereas_o it_o refer_v chief_o to_o the_o temple_n and_o worship_n of_o christ_n under_o the_o gospel_n as_o have_v be_v show_v the_o ordinance_n and_o law_n thereof_o be_v here_o likewise_o include_v and_o what_o the_o worshipper_n be_v to_o do_v when_o and_o how_o and_o which_o belong_v to_o the_o temple_n first_o observe_v that_o to_o repentant_a man_n ashamed_a of_o all_o their_o evil_a do_n the_o way_n of_o god_n house_n be_v to_o be_v make_v know_v by_o the_o prophet_n and_o minister_n if_o they_o be_v ashamed_a show_v they_o the_o form_n and_o fashion_n of_o the_o house_n etc._n etc._n if_o they_o be_v not_o humble_v for_o and_o ashamed_a of_o their_o abomination_n which_o cause_v the_o destruction_n of_o the_o first_o temple_n they_o must_v not_o be_v inform_v in_o the_o mystery_n of_o this_o temple_n either_o by_o word_n or_o write_v impenitency_n exclude_v from_o temple-mercy_n but_o shame_n and_o hearty_a sorrow_n for_o sin_n make_v way_n for_o such_o mercy_n to_o they_o so_o affect_v must_v the_o form_n and_o fashion_n the_o come_n in_o and_o go_n out_o of_o the_o house_n all_o the_o outward_a and_o inward_a form_n all_o the_o ordinance_n and_o law_n thereof_o be_v make_v know_v by_o word_n or_o write_v or_o both_o they_o be_v to_o be_v admit_v to_o the_o mystery_n and_o secret_n of_o the_o temple_n as_o for_o dog_n holy_a thing_n be_v not_o to_o be_v communicate_v unto_o they_o second_o observe_v temple_n and_o church-work_n must_v not_o be_v according_a to_o man_n fancy_n but_o according_a to_o the_o mind_n of_o god_n and_o that_o pattern_n he_o give_v forth_o god_n set_v a_o pattern_n before_o ezekiel_n he_o must_v set_v it_o before_o the_o house_n of_o israel_n and_o they_o must_v build_v and_o order_v the_o temple_n answerable_o they_o must_v keep_v the_o whole_a form_n thereof_o and_o all_o the_o ordinance_n thereof_o they_o may_v not_o add_v to_o nor_o detract_v from_o what_o god_n have_v prescribe_v moses_n in_o the_o tabernacle-work_n must_v do_v all_o after_o the_o pattern_n give_v he_o exod._n 25.40_o chap._n 39.42_o 43._o noah_n in_o his_o ark-work_n must_v keep_v to_o what_o god_n appoint_v gen._n 6.14_o 15_o 16._o 1_o chron._n 28.11_o 12._o 13._o solomon_n in_o his_o temple-work_n be_v tie_v to_o the_o pattern_n give_v out_o by_o the_o spirit_n to_o david_n in_o the_o gospel-church_n it_o be_v so_o mat._n 28.20_o teach_v they_o to_o observe_v all_o thing_n which_o i_o have_v command_v you_o nothing_o be_v leave_v to_o their_o liberty_n god_n appointment_n only_o must_v be_v in_o his_o house_n neither_o antiquity_n nor_o custom_n nor_o convenience_n nor_o prudential_a consideration_n nor_o show_v of_o holiness_n nor_o any_o pretext_n whatsoever_o will_v warrant_v any_o humane_a invention_n bring_v into_o the_o church_n and_o worship_n of_o god_n three_o observe_v that_o the_o temple_n and_o church_n of_o christ_n have_v distinct_a and_o peculiar_a law_n of_o it_o be_v own_o ezekiel_n must_v show_v they_o the_o law_n and_o ordinance_n of_o the_o house_n not_o those_o of_o nature_n or_o nation_n aliae_fw-la sunt_fw-la leges_fw-la caesarum_fw-la aliae_fw-la christi_fw-la caesar_n and_o christ_n law_n do_v differ_v his_o be_v civil_a and_o christ_n be_v sacred_a he_o rule_v in_o zion_n and_o man_n law_n have_v no_o place_n there_o four_o observe_v the_o church_n in_o due_a time_n shall_v be_v such_o a_o temple_n as_o here_o it_o be_v represent_v by_o this_o vision_n it_o shall_v be_v one_o large_a strong_a and_o full_a of_o glory_n as_o this_o visional_a temple_n be_v when_o god_n give_v forth_o vision_n it_o be_v in_o the_o thought_n of_o his_o heart_n to_o make_v they_o good_a how_o shall_v the_o house_n of_o israel_n the_o true_a christian_n keep_v the_o law_n and_o ordinance_n of_o his_o house_n if_o it_o never_o be_v build_v god_n have_v not_o only_o purpose_v but_o promise_v to_o build_v it_o ezek._n 37.26_o 27._o i_o will_v set_v my_o sanctuary_n in_o the_o midst_n of_o they_o for_o evermore_o my_o tabernacle_n also_o shall_v be_v with_o they_o yea_o i_o will_v be_v their_o god_n and_o they_o shall_v be_v my_o people_n and_o john_n see_v it_o accomplish_v in_o vision_n hear_v god_n utter_v parallel_a word_n rev_n 21.2_o 3._o and_o doubtless_o the_o time_n be_v draw_v near_o for_o the_o build_n of_o it_o now_o man_n see_v a_o difference_n between_o the_o stone_n of_o babylon_n which_o must_v
not_o to_o know_v any_o thing_n among_o the_o corinthian_n that_o be_v to_o make_v know_v any_o thing_n to_o preach_v any_o thing_n save_o jesus_n christ_n and_o he_o crucify_v that_o shall_v be_v his_o work_n to_o measure_v out_o christ_n to_o they_o so_o philip_n preach_v christ_n to_o the_o samaritan_n act._n 8.5_o and_o peter_n preach_v christ_n unto_o the_o jew_n and_o other_o act._n 2._o the_o virtue_n of_o christ_n crucify_v be_v to_o be_v make_v know_v full_o verse_n 18_o 19_o 20_o 21_o 22_o 23_o 24_o 25_o 26_o 27._o 10._o and_o he_o say_v unto_o i_o son_n of_o man_n thus_o say_v the_o lord_n god_n these_o be_v the_o ordinance_n of_o the_o altar_n in_o the_o day_n when_o they_o shall_v make_v it_o to_o offer_v burnt-offering_n thereon_o and_o to_o sprinkle_v blood_n thereon_o 19_o and_o thou_o shall_v give_v to_o the_o priest_n the_o levite_n that_o be_v of_o the_o seed_n of_o zadock_n which_o approach_n unto_o i_o to_o minister_v unto_o i_o say_v the_o lord_n god_n a_o young_a bullock_n for_o a_o sin-offering_a 20._o and_o thou_o shall_v take_v of_o the_o blood_n thereof_o and_o put_v it_o on_o the_o four_o horn_n of_o it_o and_o on_o the_o four_o corner_n of_o the_o settle_v and_o upon_o the_o border_n round_o about_o thus_o shall_v thou_o cleanse_v and_o purge_v it_o 21._o thou_o shall_v take_v the_o bullock_n also_o of_o the_o sin-offering_a and_o he_o shall_v burn_v it_o in_o the_o appoint_a place_n of_o the_o house_n without_o the_o sanctuary_n 22._o and_o on_o the_o second_o day_n thou_o shall_v offer_v a_o kid_n of_o the_o goat_n without_o blemish_n for_o a_o sin-ffering_a and_o they_o shall_v cleanse_v the_o altar_n as_o they_o do_v cleanse_v it_o with_o the_o bullock_n 23._o when_o thou_o have_v make_v a_o end_n of_o cleanse_v it_o thou_o shall_v offer_v a_o young_a bullock_n without_o blemish_n a_o ram_n out_o of_o the_o flock_n without_o blemish_n 24._o and_o thou_o shall_v offer_v they_o before_o the_o lord_n and_o the_o priest_n shall_v cast_v salt_n upon_o they_o and_o they_o shall_v offer_v they_o up_o for_o a_o burnt-offering_a unto_o the_o lord_n 25._o seven_o day_n shall_v thou_o prepare_v every_o day_n a_o goat_n for_o a_o sin-offering_a they_o shall_v also_o prepare_v a_o young_a bullock_n and_o a_o ram_n out_o of_o the_o flock_n without_o blemish_n 26._o seven_o day_n shall_v they_o purge_v the_o altar_n and_o purify_v it_o and_o they_o shall_v consecrate_v themselves_o 27._o and_o when_o these_o day_n be_v expire_v it_o shall_v be_v that_o upon_o the_o eight_o day_n and_o so_o forward_o the_o priest_n shall_v make_v the_o burnt-offering_n upon_o the_o altar_n and_o the_o peace-offering_n and_o i_o will_v accept_v you_o say_v the_o lord_n god_n have_v prescribe_v the_o form_n of_o the_o altar_n the_o lâ—rd_n give_v out_o to_o ezekiel_n the_o ordinance_n thereof_o the_o lâ—ws_n and_o rite_n which_o concern_v the_o sacrifice_n and_o priest_n show_v he_o what_o priest_n he_o will_v have_v employ_v in_o the_o service_n of_o this_o altar_n as_o also_o what_o sacrifice_n and_o how_o the_o altar_n be_v to_o be_v purify_v which_o thing_n extend_v to_o the_o 27._o vers_fw-la and_o therein_o the_o daily_a work_n and_o worship_n of_o the_o altar_n be_v appoint_v although_o the_o chief_a scope_n of_o this_o vision_n be_v to_o set_v out_o the_o glory_n and_o greatness_n of_o the_o church_n under_o the_o gospel_n and_o among_o the_o gentile_n yet_o because_o the_o jew_n at_o this_o time_n be_v in_o babylon_n be_v to_o return_v unto_o jerusalem_n therefore_o the_o lord_n allude_v to_o ordinance_n rite_n and_o ceremony_n which_o be_v well_o know_v among_o the_o jew_n hold_v out_o under_o they_o the_o spiritual_a worship_n of_o the_o gospel_n the_o priest_n to_o be_v in_o the_o service_n of_o this_o altar_n and_o to_o draw_v near_o to_o god_n be_v to_o be_v of_o the_o seed_n of_o zadock_n david_n be_v on_o his_o deathbed_n abiathar_n the_o highpriest_n side_v with_o adonijah_n the_o elder_a son_n to_o make_v he_o king_n but_o zadock_n be_v for_o solomon_n whereupon_o after_o the_o death_n of_o david_n solomon_n obtain_v the_o kingdom_n abiathar_n be_v put_v out_o of_o his_o place_n and_o zadock_n make_v highpriest_n 1_o king_n 2.36_o zadock_n be_v constant_a and_o faithful_a a_o just_a and_o upright_a man_n as_o his_o name_n signify_v and_o such_o man_n be_v to_o serve_v at_o this_o altar_n such_o as_o be_v constant_a to_o christ_n faithful_a just_a sincere_a aught_o to_o be_v in_o gospel_n administration_n and_o to_o draw_v near_o to_o god_n in_o these_o ordinance_n which_o belong_v to_o the_o gospel_n which_o differ_v from_o the_o judaical_a here_o be_v three_o sort_n of_o sacrifice_n mention_v the_o burnt-offering_a the_o sin-offering_a and_o the_o peace-offering_a vers_fw-la 18_o 19_o 27._o of_o which_o and_o their_o different_a rite_n you_o may_v read_v levit._n 1._o per_fw-la totum_fw-la levit._fw-la 6._o from_o the_o 24._o to_o the_o end_n levit._n 3._o per_fw-la totum_fw-la with_o chapt._n 7._o from_o the_o 11._o to_o the_o 22._o these_o sacrificee_n be_v not_o sufficient_a to_o expiate_v sin_n but_o they_o be_v media_fw-la cultus_fw-la lead_v they_o unto_o christ_n so_o baptism_n and_o the_o supper_n be_v not_o of_o great_a validity_n as_o to_o purge_v away_o sin_n but_o they_o be_v mean_n of_o worship_n lead_v unto_o christ_n who_o only_o be_v the_o expiatory_a sacrifice_n for_o sin_n heb._n 7.27_o chap._n 10.10_o 11_o 12_o 14._o concern_v the_o bullock_n for_o the_o sin-offering_a two_o thing_n be_v propose_v 1._o that_o the_o blood_n thereof_o be_v take_v and_o put_v upon_o the_o four_o horn_n of_o the_o altar_n and_o upon_o the_o f_z ur_fw-la corner_n of_o the_o settle_v and_o upon_o the_o border_n round_o about_o uâ—rs_n 20._o and_o the_o like_a wâ—s_n to_o be_v do_v with_o the_o kid_n of_o the_o goat_n vers_fw-la 22._o this_o presignify_v the_o abundant_a shed_n of_o the_o blood_n of_o christ_n which_o cleanse_v from_o all_o sin_n 1_o joh._n 1.7_o rev._n 1.5_o â—nd_v that_o christ_n crucify_v shall_v be_v preach_v to_o the_o four_o corner_n of_o the_o earth_n mat._n 28.19_o 1_o cor._n 1.23_o 2._o this_o bullock_n be_v to_o be_v burn_v in_o the_o appoint_a place_n of_o the_o house_n without_o the_o sanctuary_n which_o shadow_v out_o the_o place_n of_o christ_n suffering_n as_o it_o be_v write_v heb._n 13.11_o 12._o the_o sin-offering_a be_v burn_v without_o the_o camp_n wherefore_o jesus_n also_o that_o he_o may_v sanctify_v the_o pe_z ple_fw-fr with_o his_o own_o blood_n suffer_v without_o the_o gate_n even_o in_o the_o place_n appoint_v luk._n 23.33_o as_o for_o the_o burnt-offering_a of_o a_o young_a bullock_n and_o a_o ram_n out_o of_o the_o flock_n both_o without_o blemish_n the_o priest_n be_v to_o cast_v salt_n upon_o they_o vers_n 23_o 24._o in_o leviticus_n they_o be_v command_v with_o all_o their_o offering_n to_o offer_v salt_n chap._n 2.13_o salt_n make_v all_o thing_n savoury_a and_o preserve_v from_o corruption_n by_o the_o heat_n and_o sharpness_n of_o it_o and_o therefore_o salt_n be_v account_v a_o emblem_n of_o duration_n and_o eternity_n 2_o chron._n 13.5_o num._n 18.19_o we_o read_v of_o a_o covenant_n of_o salt_n which_o note_v a_o inviolable_a incorruptible_a and_o perpetual_a covenant_n sanctius_n think_v salt_n be_v use_v in_o sacrifice_n because_o it_o note_v prudence_n and_o wisdom_n without_o which_o sacrifice_n be_v unsavoury_a without_o question_v it_o note_v the_o wholesome_a doctrine_n of_o the_o gospel_n gracious_a word_n and_o seasonable_a reproof_n col._n 4_o 6._o eph._n 4.29_o which_o be_v savoury_a to_o god_n and_o man._n this_o salt_v the_o sacrifice_n by_o the_o priest_n type_n out_o the_o office_n of_o gospel_n minister_n who_o be_v style_v by_o the_o lord_n christ_n the_o salt_n of_o the_o earth_n mat._n 9.13_o and_o be_v to_o season_v other_o with_o wholesome_a doctrine_n and_o sharp_a reproof_n titus_n must_v rebuke_v the_o cretan_n sharp_o that_o they_o may_v be_v sound_a in_o the_o faith_n tit._n 1.13_o the_o salt_n of_o the_o gospel_n will_v eat_v out_o those_o ill_a humour_n be_v in_o man_n christ_n say_v mark_n 9.49_o every_o â—ne_n shall_v be_v salt_v with_o fire_n that_o be_v with_o the_o fire_n of_o the_o spirit_n the_o fire_n of_o affliction_n or_o the_o fire_n of_o hell_n and_o every_o sacrifice_n shall_v be_v salt_v with_o salt_n that_o be_v with_o grace_n and_o especial_o the_o grace_n of_o mortification_n which_o will_v eat_v out_o and_o consume_v those_o lust_n which_o be_v offensive_a to_o god_n to_o themselves_o and_o other_o and_o the_o grace_n of_o zeal_n which_o will_v make_v the_o affection_n mount_v up_o to_o the_o lord_n true_a christian_n be_v sacrifice_n well_o season_v uncorrupt_a doctrine_n will_v make_v uncorrupt_a soul_n and_o body_n the_o salt_n make_v both_o immortal_a man_n
9.15_o he_o be_v a_o choose_a vessel_n unto_o i_o to_o bear_v my_o name_n before_o the_o gentile_n and_o king_n and_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n he_o have_v be_v a_o great_a persecutor_n blasphemous_a injurious_a but_o when_o he_o embrace_v the_o faith_n of_o christ_n he_o be_v make_v the_o chief_n of_o the_o apostle_n 3._o god_n of_o his_o good_a pleasure_n and_o free_a grace_n call_v and_o recall_v who_o he_o will_n these_o danite_n have_v nothing_o in_o they_o to_o move_v god_n to_o own_v they_o for_o his_o people_n at_o first_o nothing_o to_o move_v he_o to_o recall_v they_o be_v degenerate_a and_o fall_v into_o idolatrous_a passage_n unless_o we_o make_v wickedness_n a_o argument_n thereunto_o and_o if_o so_o there_o be_v sufficient_a of_o that_o in_o the_o devil_n to_o move_v the_o lord_n to_o show_v mercy_n but_o wickedness_n provoke_v to_o destroy_v not_o to_o show_v mercy_n the_o best_a thing_n in_o man_n induce_v not_o god_n to_o show_v mercy_n that_o be_v from_o his_o will_n rom._n 9.15_o it_o be_v god_n free_a grace_n which_o take_v abraham_n at_o first_o out_o of_o a_o idolatrous_a counrry_n and_o family_n josh_n 24.23_o it_o be_v free_a grace_n that_o he_o take_v isaac_n not_o ishmael_n jacob_n not_o esau_n and_o so_o that_o he_o take_v dan_n at_o first_o and_o recall_v he_o at_o last_o and_o so_o the_o prodigal_n dan_fw-mi and_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o tribe_n have_v their_o several_a portion_n be_v all_o in_o captivity_n both_o judah_n and_o benjamin_n at_o this_o time_n allot_v unto_o they_o which_o may_v represent_v unto_o we_o what_o the_o condition_n of_o the_o jew_n shall_v be_v under_o christ_n however_o now_o they_o be_v scatter_v yet_o doubtless_o there_o be_v a_o time_n wheâ—_n they_o shall_v come_v to_o zion_n and_o have_v their_o several_a portion_n in_o the_o church_n of_o christ_n john_n vision_n rev._n 7._o addâ—_n great_a weight_n to_o this_o tenet_n he_o see_v twelve_o thousand_o seal_v out_o of_o every_o tribe_n which_o he_o distinguish_v from_o those_o of_o other_o nation_n who_o be_v not_o say_v to_o be_v seal_v hereby_o strong_o intimate_v they_o be_v jew_n who_o conversion_n paul_n have_v speak_v of_o rom._n 11.26_o so_o all_o israel_n shall_v be_v save_v that_o be_v all_o the_o twelve_o tribe_n shall_v come_v in_o and_o stand_v with_o the_o lamb_n on_o mount_n zion_n rev._n 14.1_o these_o tribe_n have_v their_o portion_n from_o east_n to_o west_n all_o of_o they_o which_o be_v the_o length_n of_o this_o land_n of_o canaan_n and_o their_o breadth_n from_o north_n to_o south_n which_o inform_v we_o of_o the_o large_a extent_n of_o the_o church_n of_o christ_n it_o reach_v to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o earth_n for_o the_o father_n give_v he_o the_o heathen_a for_o his_o inheritance_n and_o the_o uttermost_a part_n of_o the_o earth_n for_o his_o possession_n psal_n 2.8_o his_o dominion_n be_v to_o be_v from_o sea_n to_o sea_n and_o from_o the_o river_n to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o earth_n psa_n 72.8_o he_o be_v to_o be_v governor_n among_o the_o nation_n psal_n 22.28_o and_o not_o only_o of_o some_o few_o or_o many_o of_o they_o but_o of_o all_o they_o that_o shall_v inherit_v all_o nation_n psal_n 82.8_o and_o be_v king_n over_o all_o the_o earth_n zech._n 4.9_o he_o be_v from_o eternity_n appoint_a heir_n of_o all_o thing_n heb._n 1.2_o and_o he_o must_v have_v possession_n of_o all_o which_o john_n in_o his_o vision_n see_v accomplish_v rev._n 11.15_o the_o kingdom_n of_o this_o world_n be_v become_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o of_o his_o christ_n so_o that_o christ_n church_n and_o kingdom_n be_v large_a and_o extend_v to_o all_o quarter_n the_o portion_n here_o give_v to_o the_o seven_o tribe_n dan_o asher_n naphtali_n manasseh_n ephraim_n reuben_n judah_n and_o to_o the_o other_o five_o tribe_n benjamin_n simeon_n issachar_n zebulun_n gad_n in_o the_o 23_o 24_o 25_o 26_o 27_o 28_o and_o 29_o verse_n of_o this_o chapter_n beside_o the_o largeness_n and_o unlimitedness_n of_o the_o church_n do_v here_o inform_v we_o 1._o that_o there_o be_v sufficiency_n of_o means_n and_o mercy_n for_o all_o that_o have_v part_n in_o the_o church_n and_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n rev._n 7.15_o 16_o 17._o 2._o that_o what_o portion_n soever_o any_o one_o have_v be_v by_o divine_a appointment_n the_o lord_n allot_v every_o one_o his_o portion_n of_o what_o kind_n soever_o rom._n 12.3_o luke_n 19.19_o and_o 22.29_o 3._o that_o there_o ought_v to_o be_v communion_n between_o those_o who_o be_v of_o christ_n kingdom_n the_o tribe_n lay_v near_o together_o and_o their_o portion_n and_o be_v to_o have_v communion_n one_o with_o another_o eph._n 2.19_o 4._o that_o as_o there_o be_v several_a portion_n here_o for_o the_o tribe_n so_o there_o be_v several_a mansion_n for_o they_o in_o the_o heaven_n joh._n 14.2_o and_o not_o only_o for_o believe_a jew_n but_o gentile_n also_o rev._n 7.9_o verse_n 8_o 9_o 10_o 11_o 12_o 13_o 14._o and_o by_o the_o border_n of_o judah_n from_o the_o east_n side_n unto_o the_o west_n side_n shall_v be_v the_o offering_n which_o they_o shall_v offer_v of_o five_o and_o twenty_o thousand_o reed_n in_o breadth_n and_o in_o length_n as_o one_o of_o the_o other_o part_n from_o the_o east_n side_n unto_o the_o west_n side_n and_o the_o sanctuary_n shall_v be_v in_o the_o midst_n of_o it_o the_o oblation_n that_o you_o shall_v offer_v unto_o the_o lord_n shall_v be_v of_o five_o and_o twenty_o thousand_o in_o length_n and_o of_o ten_o thousand_o in_o breadth_n and_o for_o they_o even_o for_o the_o priest_n shall_v be_v this_o holy_a oblation_n towards_o the_o north_n five_o and_o twenty_o thousand_o in_o length_n and_o towards_o the_o west_n ten_o thousand_o in_o breadth_n and_o towards_o the_o south_n five_o and_o twenty_o thousand_o in_o length_n and_o the_o sanctuary_n of_o the_o lord_n shall_v be_v in_o the_o midst_n thereof_o it_o shall_v be_v for_o the_o priest_n that_o be_v sanctify_v of_o the_o son_n of_o zadok_n which_o have_v keep_v my_o charge_n which_o go_v not_o astray_o when_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n go_v astray_o as_o the_o levite_n go_v astray_o and_o this_o oblation_n of_o the_o land_n that_o be_v offer_v shall_v be_v unto_o they_o a_o thing_n most_o holy_a by_o the_o border_n of_o the_o levite_n and_o over_o against_o the_o border_n of_o the_o priest_n the_o levite_n shall_v have_v five_o and_o twenty_o thousand_o in_o length_n and_o ten_o thousand_o in_o breadth_n and_o the_o length_n shall_v be_v five_o and_o twenty_o thousand_o and_o the_o breadth_n ten_o thousand_o and_o they_o shall_v not_o sell_v of_o it_o neither_o exchange_n nor_o alienate_v the_o first_o fruit_n of_o the_o land_n for_o it_o be_v holy_a unto_o the_o lord_n the_o offering_n of_o five_o and_o twenty_o thousand_o reed_n of_o land_n in_o length_n and_o breadth_n for_o the_o sanctuary_n the_o priest_n the_o levite_n the_o city_n and_o the_o prince_n we_o have_v in_o the_o five_o and_o forty_o chapter_n â—nd_v therefore_o shall_v say_v little_a unto_o these_o thing_n verse_n 8._o the_o sanctuary_n shall_v be_v in_o the_o midst_n of_o it_o the_o sanctuary_n be_v the_o habitation_n of_o god_n and_o it_o be_v in_o the_o midst_n that_o all_o may_v equal_o have_v access_n unto_o it_o ver._n 9_o the_o oblation_n to_o the_o lord_n be_v five_o and_o twenty_o thousand_o reed_n in_o length_n and_o ten_o thousand_o in_o breadth_n which_o be_v a_o great_a compass_n and_o set_v out_o the_o largeness_n of_o the_o church_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o gospel_n the_o priest_n have_v a_o large_a portion_n ver_fw-la 10._o five_o and_o twenty_o thousand_o reed_n of_o land_n in_o length_n both_o northward_o and_o southward_o and_o ten_o thousand_o in_o breadth_n both_o eastward_o and_o westward_o this_o large_a provision_n be_v make_v for_o the_o priest_n who_o be_v holy_a from_o zadock_n which_o have_v keep_v god_n charge_n and_o be_v faithful_a and_o constant_a in_o apostatise_v time_n verse_n 11._o the_o levite_n also_o have_v the_o same_o length_n and_o breadth_n of_o land_n assign_v they_o vers_n 13._o now_o neither_o priest_n nor_o levite_n may_v sell_v exchange_n or_o alienate_v the_o first_o fruit_n of_o the_o land_n because_o it_o be_v holy_a ver_fw-la 12_o 14._o so_o that_o holy_a thing_n which_o be_v the_o lord_n and_o not_o man_n be_v not_o to_o be_v buy_v and_o sell_v and_o divert_v to_o other_o use_n those_o who_o sell_v holy_a thing_n sell_v what_o be_v the_o lord_n not_o their_o own_o and_o there_o be_v no_o justice_n in_o that_o by_o these_o portion_n of_o the_o priest_n and_o levite_n be_v prefigure_v the_o increase_n and_o maintenance_n of_o the_o preacher_n of_o the_o gospel_n for_o as_o maintenance_n be_v due_a to_o the_o priest_n by_o the_o levitical_a law_n so_o now_o
475_o 476._o there_o be_v a_o time_n for_o christ_n to_o reign_v over_o the_o jew_n 478_o in_o his_o kingdom_n no_o succession_n of_o prince_n 479._o he_o be_v chief_a builder_n of_o the_o church_n 288_o he_o be_v the_o way_n the_o do_v or_o 289._o he_o be_v the_o altar_n table_z sacrifice_n 322._o stand_n by_o his_o servant_n in_o temple-work_n 349._o a_o altar_n harel_n and_o haariel_n 371_o 372._o he_o measure_v all_o 556_o christian_n like_v to_o tree_n in_o eight_o respect_n 565_o 566._o true_a one_o be_v fruitful_a 576._o always_o fruitful_a ibid._n 577._o what_o make_v they_o so_o ib._n christianity_n not_o against_o magistracy_n 412_o 413_o church_n god_n have_v a_o special_a care_n of_o it_o be_v expose_v to_o many_o danger_n 108._o other_o fare_v the_o better_a for_o the_o church_n sake_n 228._o free_v from_o former_a evil_n 240_o 241._o when_o most_o afflict_a most_o care_v for_o 285._o church_n subject_n to_o calamity_n 202._o what_o shall_v comfort_v she_o 203._o god_n will_v revenge_v her_o wrong_n 213._o care_v for_o in_o low_a estate_n 287._o what_o be_v call_v ibid._n and_o 288._o it_o be_v well_o seat_v and_o order_v ib._n it_o be_v a_o house_n not_o a_o tabernacle_n 291._o the_o greatness_n of_o it_o 302_o 314._o visible_a and_o liken_v to_o visible_a thing_n 326_o 327._o under_o various_a dispensation_n 327_o 328._o it_o be_v a_o exact_a building_n 336._o the_o extent_n and_o latitude_n of_o it_o 337._o stability_n lustre_n safety_n and_o holiness_n of_o it_o ibid._n and_o 338._o god_n make_v know_v there_o 348._o church-work_n must_v be_v according_a to_o the_o pattern_n god_n give_v 164._o have_v distinct_a law_n of_o its_o own_o 365._o what_o it_o shall_v be_v ibid._n make_v up_o of_o holy_a one_o 368._o it_o be_v holy_a most_o pure_a part_n of_o the_o world_n 404._o it_o be_v large_a ibid._n in_o be_v provision_n and_o protection_n 405_o 407_o 594._o it_o christ_n portion_n ibid._n it_o be_v large_a under_o the_o gospel_n 582._o who_o member_n of_o it_o ibid._n and_o 583_o privilege_n of_o it_o equal_a to_o all_o 583._o all_o blessing_n of_o it_o of_o free_a grace_n ibid._n gentile_n of_o it_o 584_o church-state_n preserve_v propriety_n and_o man_n right_n 405_o city_n citizens_z what_o and_o what_o to_o do_v 595._o description_n of_o it_o 599_o 500_o 601._o etc._n etc._n difference_n between_o ezekiel_n city_n and_o john_n 602_o 603._o what_o mean_v by_o it_o ibid._n it_o be_v well_o found_v great_a receive_v many_o 604_o etc._n etc._n city_n have_v their_o period_n 143_o communion_n with_o god_n express_v by_o eat_v 382_o complaint_n no_o cause_n to_o complain_v of_o god_n deal_n 226_o condition_n none_o so_o desperate_a but_o god_n can_v bring_v out_o of_o 402._o see_v state_n confederate_n with_o great_a one_o must_v suffer_v 228_o contradiction_n seem_v in_o scripture_n 236_o 362_o 411_o controversy_n how_o and_o by_o who_o to_o be_v determine_v 396_o conversion_n of_o sinner_n a_o gradual_a work_n 559._o covenant_n of_o make_v or_o cut_v a_o covenant_n 218_o 481_o condescension_n in_o god_n to_o enter_v into_o covenant_n with_o man_n 220._o what_o it_o shall_v work_v 221._o those_o in_o covenant_n nothing_o shall_v hurt_v 223._o god_n do_v much_o for_o they_o 380_o covetousness_n what_o it_o do_v 162._o be_v professor_n sin_v 166._o evil_a of_o it_o 167._o man_n covet_v what_o be_v other_o lose_v their_o own_o 273_o court_n of_o aid_n 301._o what_o the_o court_v represent_v ib._n and_o 302_o cuhit_n the_o legal_a and_o sanctuary_n one_o differ_v and_o wherein_o â—91_n d_o day_n of_o the_o lord_n how_o take_v 3._o sad_a day_n succeed_v merry_a one_o 6._o approach_n of_o such_o day_n matter_n of_o mourn_v 7._o the_o day_n of_o a_o place_n 11._o of_o recompense_n to_o godly_a 245._o lord_n day_n the_o eight_o and_o first_o 377_o daughter_n how_o take_v 25_o david_n christ_n so_o call_v upon_o what_o account_n 471_o 472_o dead_a to_o be_v bury_v after_o great_a victory_n 252._o ignominious_a to_o be_v unbury_v 260_o death_n no_o defence_n against_o it_o 92_o deliverance_n be_v from_o the_o lord_n 469_o desert_n man_n think_v they_o deserve_v 387_o design_n god_n design_n go_v on_o whatever_o obstacle_n be_v in_o the_o way_n 17_o 496_o difference_n to_o be_v make_v in_o thing_n and_o person_n 395_o divine_a thing_n our_o heart_n and_o mind_n shall_v be_v upon_o they_o 289_o 380._o attain_v by_o degree_n by_o labour_n by_o progress_n 295_o those_o have_v the_o charge_n of_o they_o must_v be_v exact_a 387_o 546_o reveal_v by_o degree_n 564_o do_v of_o the_o word_n be_v expect_v by_o the_o lord_n 171_o 366_o door_n of_o the_o temple_n what_o they_o note_v 322_o double_v of_o word_n in_o hebrew_a note_n a_o superlative_a 366_o dwelling_n god_n know_v they_o and_o what_o sin_n be_v act_v in_o they_o 468_o e_z east_n note_v spiritual_a thing_n west_n temporal_a 293._o east-gate_n 343._o christ_n from_o thence_o ibid._n eastern_a worship_n not_o allow_v 554_o eat_v bread_n before_o the_o lord_n what_o it_o import_v 382_o 383_o edomite_n 254_o 255_o enemy_n 235._o god_n be_v a_o enemy_n to_o his_o people_n enemy_n 252._o harsh_a deal_n insence_n he_o 253._o they_o add_v affliction_n to_o the_o afflict_a 285_o 286._o enemy_n be_v from_o all_o quarter_n 496._o make_v great_a preparation_n 497._o they_o watch_v and_o seek_v occasion_n to_o ruin_v the_o church_n 209._o have_v helper_n to_o do_v it_o 214._o their_o come_a against_o the_o church_n not_o casual_a 218_o envy_n whence_o it_o arise_v 47_o the_o nature_n of_o it_o 263_o ephah_n what_o 411_o ethiopia_n whence_o so_o name_v 4._o ethiopian_n baptize_v rebaptise_v themselves_o yearly_a ibid._n two_o ethiopia_n 11_o exaction_n 410_o example_n be_v to_o teach_v 60_o expectation_n of_o the_o wicked_a disappoint_v 259_o f_o face_n hide_v of_o god_n what_o 264_o family_n god_n may_v dispose_v of_o family_n where_o he_o please_v 497_o favour_n god_n not_o alike_o dispense_v to_o all_o 376_o feast_n of_o tabernacle_n 420_o fish_n their_o property_n 568_o 569_o flock_n such_o as_o have_v need_n of_o shepherd_n 186._o where_n faithful_a one_o be_v what_o be_v a_o prey_n to_o all_o 191._o it_o meet_v with_o scatter_a storm_n sometime_o 199._o god_n a_o good_a shepherd_n over_o it_o 200._o in_o the_o flock_n be_v fat_a and_o lean_a goat_n and_o ram_n 206._o god_n will_v distinguish_v between_o the_o good_a and_o the_o bad_a 208._o his_o flock_n be_v peculiar_a own_a feed_v 245_o consist_v of_o weak_a one_o 246._o its_o comfort_n lie_v in_o manifestation_n 246._o the_o holy_a flock_n 400_o form_n of_o the_o house_n what_o they_o note_v 362_o foundation_n what_o 4_o funeral_n of_o what_o dead_a the_o priest_n may_v be_v at_o 397_o fury_n what_o 282_o 220_o g_o gates_n of_o the_o temple_n what_o they_o hint_n 294_o of_o east_n gate_n 343._o gate_n shut_v what_o 380_o 381._o wherefore_o shut_v 381_o 382._o when_o shut_v and_o when_o to_o be_v open_a 530_o 531._o heaven_n gate_n when_o open_a ibid._n gate_n stand_v open_a till_o even_o what_o it_o import_v 533_o gerash_n what_o drive_v out_o it_o note_v 51_o glory_n there_o be_v glory_n in_o the_o church_n 337._o we_o must_v be_v acquaint_v with_o that_o glory_n before_o we_o see_v the_o glory_n of_o god_n 342._o glory_n of_o god_n what_o 343._o receptacle_n of_o it_o 345_o 346._o when_o glory_n depart_v its_o but_o for_o a_o season_n 346_o sight_n of_o glory_n a_o humble_v thing_n 347._o fill_v with_o glory_n 348_o god_n he_o break_v the_o urm_n of_o the_o great_a one_o 33._o he_o wound_v they_o incurable_o ibid._n dreadful_a to_o have_v he_o a_o enemy_n 34._o he_o have_v instrument_n fit_a for_o his_o work_n 54._o prophet_n to_o tell_v the_o worst_a of_o prince_n their_o wickedness_n 66_o god_n make_v use_v of_o one_o king_n to_o punish_v another_o 78_o 79._o he_o be_v faithful_a in_o perform_v his_o word_n 144._o confirm_v truth_n by_o witness_n and_o sign_n ibid._n god_n condescension_n vide_fw-la covenant_n he_o take_v notice_n of_o all_o that_o be_v think_v and_o speak_v aganist_n his_o 268_o 269._o rejoice_v at_o the_o calamity_n of_o his_o people_n provoke_v much_o 286_o when_o reconcile_a to_o he_o he_o multiply_v blessing_n 224._o he_o deal_v best_o with_o his_o at_o last_o ibid._n turn_v evil_n into_o blessing_n 295._o what_o god_n do_v for_o his_o own_o sake_n 309_o when_o he_o do_v great_a thing_n for_o they_o 315._o be_v his_o mercy_n to_o retake_v a_o revolt_a peoyle_n 376._o happy_a who_o god_n own_v 377._o accept_v according_a to_o man_n ability_n 535._o god_n a_o free_a agent_n nothing_o move_v he_o 449._o when_o he_o begin_v to_o show_v mercy_n he_o multiple_n it_o 467._o he_o make_v clean_o 469._o take_v pleasure_n in_o cleanse_v once_o 470._o at_o his_o pleasure_n can_v bring_v army_n
sword_n say_v the_o lord_n god_n and_o they_o shall_v be_v desolate_a in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o country_n that_o be_v desolate_a and_o her_o city_n shall_v be_v in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o city_n that_o be_v waste_v and_o they_o shall_v know_v that_o i_o be_o the_o lord_n when_o i_o have_v set_v a_o fire_n in_o egypt_n and_o when_o all_o her_o helper_n shall_v be_v destroy_v in_o that_o day_n shall_v messenger_n go_v forth_o from_o i_o in_o ship_n to_o make_v the_o careless_a ethiopian_n afraid_a and_o great_a pain_n shall_v come_v upon_o they_o as_o in_o the_o day_n of_o egypt_n for_o lo_o it_o come_v in_o these_o word_n be_v further_o set_v forth_o the_o destruction_n of_o egypt_n with_o those_o that_o be_v her_o strength_n and_o confederate_n as_o also_o the_o event_n follow_v thereupon_o verse_n 6._o they_o also_o that_o uphold_a egypt_n shall_v fall_v the_o hebrew_n word_n be_v somechee_n which_o montanus_n render_v fulcientes_fw-la the_o septuag_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d fundamenta_fw-la the_o foundation_n of_o egypt_n these_o upholder_n or_o foundation_n be_v not_o the_o titular_a god_n but_o the_o prince_n noble_n ruler_n and_o confederate_n who_o by_o their_o power_n policy_n person_n and_o estate_n do_v assist_v the_o king_n of_o egypt_n the_o pride_n of_o her_o power_n shall_v come_v down_o egypt_n have_v strong_a town_n castle_n man_n and_o presume_v upon_o be_v proud_a of_o they_o but_o these_o shall_v be_v destroy_v and_o take_v away_o so_o shall_v her_o pride_n come_v down_o the_o vulgar_a be_v destruetur_fw-la superbia_fw-la imperii_fw-la ejus_fw-la the_o pride_n of_o her_o empire_n shall_v be_v destroy_v what_o ever_o egypt_n confide_v or_o glory_v in_o that_o shall_v be_v bring_v low_o egypt_n be_v lift_v up_o with_o her_o power_n and_o sit_v like_o one_o on_o the_o top_n of_o a_o mountain_n and_o god_n by_o his_o judgement_n will_v bring_v she_o down_o from_o the_o tower_n of_o syene_n shall_v they_o fall_v in_o it_o by_o the_o sword_n of_o the_o tower_n of_o syene_n or_o sevene_n be_v speak_v chap._n 29._o 10._o the_o meaning_n be_v that_o the_o sword_n shall_v pass_v through_o all_o egypt_n from_o one_o border_n to_o another_o verse_n 7._o and_o they_o shall_v be_v desolate_a in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o country_n that_o be_v desolate_a this_o verse_n be_v the_o same_o with_o the_o 12._o verse_n of_o the_o 29._o chap._n egypt_n and_o her_o city_n shall_v be_v like_o other_o land_n and_o city_n which_o be_v extreme_o waste_v verse_n 8._o when_o i_o have_v set_v a_o fire_n in_o egypt_n when_o god_n bring_v the_o caldean_a army_n into_o egypt_n there_o be_v a_o fire_n in_o it_o dreadful_a and_o consumptive_a the_o war_n be_v terrible_a and_o devour_v all_o thing_n like_o fire_n and_o its_o probable_a many_o strong_a city_n and_o hold_n be_v burn_v with_o fire_n when_o all_o her_o helper_n shall_v be_v destroy_v egypt_n be_v rich_a powerful_a and_o renown_a have_v many_o confederate_n which_o here_o be_v call_v helper_n the_o french_a be_v tous_fw-fr teux_fw-fr qui_fw-fr luy_fw-fr donno_fw-la yent_n aid_n be_v those_o that_o give_v her_o aid_n they_o shall_v all_o be_v vain_a helper_n for_o they_o shall_v not_o secure_v or_o save_v themselves_o verse_n 9_o in_o that_o day_n shall_v messenger_n go_v forth_o from_o i_o in_o ship_n in_o that_o day_n when_o egypt_n be_v conquer_v messenger_n not_o chaldean_n but_o egyptian_n or_o some_o that_o escape_v the_o sword_n flee_v into_o ethiopia_n to_o inform_v they_o what_o the_o chaldean_n have_v do_v and_o in_o what_o case_n they_o leave_v egypt_n they_o be_v say_v to_o go_v forth_o from_o god_n because_o they_o go_v by_o his_o counsel_n and_o providence_n or_o because_o they_o flee_v from_o his_o angry_a countenance_n which_o appear_v in_o the_o destruction_n of_o egypt_n for_o the_o original_n be_v from_o my_o face_n god_n send_v they_o to_o carry_v tiding_n of_o his_o dreadful_a judgement_n to_o the_o ethiopian_n they_o go_v in_o ship_n batzim_n in_o some_o vessel_n that_o be_v for_o speed_n the_o septuag_n be_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d hasten_v to_o make_v the_o careless_a ethiopian_n afraid_a nabuchadnezzar_n pass_v through_o the_o oriental_a ethiopia_n to_o come_v to_o egypt_n and_o these_o ethiopian_n seem_v to_o be_v the_o african_a ethiopian_n and_o when_o egypt_n be_v spoil_v from_o one_o border_n to_o another_o even_o to_o syene_n he_o be_v near_o it_o his_o passage_n lie_v fair_a open_a and_o easy_a into_o it_o and_o it_o be_v not_o say_v that_o nabuchadnezzar_n shall_v not_o go_v beyond_o syene_n but_o that_o egypt_n shall_v be_v make_v desolate_a from_o the_o tower_n of_o syene_n to_o cush_n that_o be_v the_o other_o ethiopiae_fw-la the_o messenger_n haste_v to_o this_o southern_a ethiopia_n the_o inhabitant_n whereof_o be_v a_o secure_a careless_a people_n &_o assure_v they_o the_o sword_n have_v devour_v egypt_n and_o be_v come_v to_o their_o gate_n this_o strike_v fear_n into_o they_o the_o hebrew_n word_n to_o make_v afraid_a be_v charad_n which_o note_n externam_fw-la commotionem_fw-la ex_fw-la metu_fw-la mali_fw-la outward_a tremble_a from_o fear_n of_o some_o sudden_a evil_n such_o tiding_n put_v all_o ethiopia_n into_o tremble_v and_o great_a pain_n shall_v come_v upon_o they_o as_o in_o the_o day_n of_o egypt_n when_o sad_a and_o grievous_a judgement_n be_v upon_o a_o place_n that_o be_v call_v the_o day_n of_o that_o place_n as_o the_o day_n of_o jerusalem_n psal_n 137.7_o in_o the_o day_n of_o jerusalem_n the_o edomite_n say_v raze_v it_o raze_v it_o even_o to_o the_o foundation_n thereof_o when_o nabuchadnezzar_n besiege_v take_v spoil_v and_o burn_v jerusalem_n that_o be_v the_o day_n of_o it_o so_o here_o in_o the_o day_n of_o egypt_n that_o be_v when_o the_o plague_n be_v upon_o it_o especial_o when_o their_o first_o bear_v be_v slay_v then_o be_v they_o in_o great_a pain_n when_o the_o land_n be_v in_o travail_n and_o when_o they_o be_v all_o drown_v in_o the_o red_a sea_n then_o great_a pain_n be_v upon_o all_o the_o nation_n round_o about_o so_o here_o ethiopia_n shall_v be_v in_o travail_n fill_v with_o fear_n and_o shake_a fit_n as_o egypt_n and_o the_o nation_n than_o be_v observe_v first_o when_o god_n will_v visit_v a_o nation_n it_o be_v not_o their_o great_a one_o in_o it_o or_o confederate_n with_o it_o which_o can_v secure_v it_o they_o that_o uphold_v egypt_n shall_v fall_v the_o prince_n nobles_z counsellor_n associate_n and_o whosoever_o be_v in_o league_n with_o she_o shall_v all_o feel_v the_o hand_n of_o god_n and_o be_v crush_v with_o she_o when_o man_n do_v storm_n a_o city_n it_o be_v not_o her_o outwork_n her_o wall_n her_o gate_n her_o tower_n that_o can_v preserve_v she_o and_o when_o god_n will_v destroy_v a_o nation_n it_o be_v not_o outward_a nor_o inward_a help_n can_v uphold_v no_o policy_n no_o power_n no_o number_n can_v stand_v it_o out_o against_o god_n observe_v second_o state_n be_v not_o to_o confide_v in_o power_n but_o pride_n and_o confidence_n therein_o hasten_v their_o ruin_n egypt_n have_v power_n be_v proud_a thereof_o and_o confide_v therein_o and_o the_o lord_n say_v the_o pride_n of_o her_o power_n shall_v come_v down_o be_v 16.6_o we_o have_v hear_v of_o the_o pride_n of_o moab_n he_o be_v very_o proud_a even_o of_o his_o haughtiness_n and_o his_o pride_n but_o his_o lie_n shall_v not_o be_v so_o he_o think_v himself_o strong_a secure_a but_o his_o pride_n &_o confidence_n do_v deceive_v he_o for_o vers_fw-la 7._o therefore_o shall_v moab_n howl_v for_o moab_n every_o one_o shall_v howl_v the_o moabite_n among_o themselves_o shall_v howl_v one_o for_o and_o with_o another_o for_o the_o foundation_n of_o kir-hareseth_a shall_v you_o mourn_v sure_o be_v they_o strike_v kir-hareseth_a be_v a_o chief_a city_n for_o strength_n in_o which_o they_o place_v much_o confidence_n and_o to_o which_o they_o flee_v in_o their_o strait_n but_o her_o foundation_n be_v strike_v and_o their_o hope_n disappoint_v and_o the_o pride_n of_o their_o power_n bring_v down_o it_o be_v the_o pride_n of_o state_n and_o prince_n which_o level_v they_o with_o other_o isa_n 10.12_o i_o will_v punish_v the_o fruit_n of_o the_o stout_a heart_n of_o the_o king_n of_o assyria_n and_o the_o glory_n of_o his_o high_a look_n senacherib_n pride_v himself_o in_o his_o great_a army_n and_o presume_v he_o shall_v take_v jerusalem_n and_o eat_v up_o all_o the_o prey_n thereof_o but_o his_o high_a look_n be_v abase_v &_o his_o confidence_n his_o ruin_n 2_o king_n 19.35.36_o 37._o observe_v three_o god_n send_v dreadful_a and_o consumptive_a judgement_n upon_o nation_n and_o make_v himself_o know_v thereby_o they_o shall_v know_v that_o i_o be_o the_o lord_n when_o i_o have_v set_v fire_n in_o egypt_n and_o when_o all_o her_o helper_n be_v destroy_v it_o
be_v god_n kindle_v fire_n in_o nation_n and_o kingdom_n to_o consume_v town_n and_o city_n man_n and_o their_o habitaon_n they_o be_v all_o his_o and_o he_o may_v do_v to_o they_o what_o he_o please_v have_v transgress_v his_o law_n by_o fire_n and_o sword_n do_v the_o lord_n plead_v with_o the_o egyptian_n lay_v all_o waist_n and_o by_o so_o do_v make_v himself_o know_v to_o be_v a_o powerful_a righteous_a and_o dreadful_a god_n observe_v four_o in_o the_o soare_v judgement_n of_o god_n upon_o man_n usual_o some_o escape_n god_n threaten_v egypt_n chap._n 29.8_o that_o he_o will_v cut_v off_o man_n and_o beast_n and_o make_v it_o utter_o waste_v from_o one_o end_n to_o another_o verse_n 10_o yet_o here_o in_o the_o nine_o verse_n he_o say_v messenger_n shall_v go_v forth_o some_o shall_v escape_v to_o carry_v tiding_n of_o his_o severe_a judgement_n observe_v five_o those_o thing_n which_o seem_v accidental_a and_o casual_a unto_o we_o be_v order_v by_o the_o wise_a counsel_n power_n and_o providence_n of_o god_n in_o that_o day_n shall_v messenger_n go_v forth_o from_o i_o in_o ship_n when_o all_o egypt_n be_v in_o a_o confusion_n some_o run_v one_o way_n and_o some_o another_o to_o secure_v themselves_o and_o some_o hasten_v unto_o ship_n to_o tell_v other_o what_o the_o chaldean_n have_v do_v in_o the_o midst_n of_o these_o hurry_v and_o disorder_n god_n see_v act_v send_v out_o messenger_n they_o go_v not_o however_o the_o appearance_n be_v to_o man_n without_o god_n order_v hand_n themselves_o think_v of_o no_o such_o thing_n nor_o those_o they_o go_v unto_o they_o dream_v not_o that_o they_o be_v send_v forth_o of_o god_n that_o they_o come_v from_o he_o it_o be_v look_v upon_o as_o a_o mere_a contingencie_n but_o god_n hand_n be_v in_o it_o thing_n may_v be_v contingent_a to_o we_o they_o be_v not_o so_o to_o god_n observe_v sixthly_a such_o be_v the_o efficacy_n of_o god_n judgement_n make_v know_v that_o they_o do_v afflict_v those_o be_v at_o a_o distance_n from_o they_o and_o fill_v the_o most_o secure_a with_o fear_n and_o pain_n the_o ethiopian_n be_v absent_a from_o the_o judgement_n execute_v upon_o the_o egyptian_n they_o be_v secure_a careless_a people_n but_o when_o the_o messenger_n tell_v they_o their_o city_n be_v burn_v their_o man_n slay_v their_o foundation_n and_o helper_n destroy_v they_o be_v afraid_a and_o great_a pain_n come_v upon_o they_o they_o be_v in_o travail_n for_o their_o life_n liberty_n and_o estate_n there_o be_v a_o mighty_a power_n in_o the_o judgement_n of_o god_n to_o terrify_v sinner_n even_o at_o a_o distance_n when_o tyrus_n understand_v such_o be_v the_o efficacy_n of_o that_o judgement_n upon_o those_o afar_o off_o that_o it_o be_v say_v all_o the_o prince_n of_o the_o sea_n clothe_v themselves_o with_o tremble_v ezek._n 27.35_o so_o that_o we_o may_v say_v of_o god_n judgement_n as_o david_n psal_n 10.11_o who_o know_v the_o power_n of_o thy_o anger_n who_o know_v what_o efficacy_n it_o be_v of_o and_o how_o far_o it_o extend_v observe_v seven_o former_a judgement_n be_v not_o to_o be_v forget_v as_o in_o the_o day_n of_o egypt_n god_n have_v visit_v egypt_n many_o hundred_o of_o year_n before_o and_o now_o he_o mind_v they_o of_o that_o visitation_n so_o isa_n 9.4_o god_n mention_n the_o day_n of_o the_o midianite_n mind_v they_o of_o the_o great_a destruction_n of_o the_o midianite_n by_o gideon_n judg._n 7_o and_o 8_o chap._n god_n mind_v the_o day_n of_o man_n sin_v hos_fw-la 9.9_o they_o have_v deep_o corrupt_v themselves_o as_o in_o the_o day_n of_o gibeah_n and_o therefore_o he_o will_v visit_v their_o sin_n and_o when_o he_o have_v visit_v for_o sin_n he_o will_v have_v we_o remember_v those_o visitation_n jer._n 7.12_o go_v to_o shiloh_n and_o see_v what_o i_o do_v to_o it_o for_o the_o wickedness_n of_o my_o people_n israel_n as_o we_o shall_v remember_v ancient_a and_o former_a mercy_n to_o strengthen_v out_o faith_n so_o ancient_a and_o former_a judgement_n to_o quicken_v our_o fear_n verse_n 10_o 11_o 12._o thus_o say_v the_o lord_n god_n i_o will_v also_o make_v the_o multitude_n of_o egypt_n to_o cease_v by_o the_o hand_n of_o nebuchadrezzar_n king_n of_o babylon_n he_o and_o his_o people_n with_o he_o the_o terrible_a of_o the_o nation_n shall_v be_v bring_v to_o destroy_v the_o land_n and_o they_o shall_v draw_v their_o sword_n against_o egypt_n and_o fill_v the_o land_n with_o the_o slay_v and_o i_o will_v make_v the_o river_n dry_a and_o sell_v the_o land_n into_o the_o hand_n of_o the_o wicked_a and_o i_o will_v make_v the_o land_n waste_n and_o all_o that_o be_v therein_o by_o the_o hand_n of_o stranger_n i_o the_o lord_n have_v speak_v it_o these_o word_n hold_v out_o unto_o we_o the_o efficient_a and_o instrumental_a cause_n of_o the_o forementioned_a judgement_n which_o be_v in_o part_n repeat_v the_o efficient_a cause_n be_v god_n himself_o ver_fw-la 10_o 11._o the_o instrumental_a be_v nebuchadrezzar_n and_o his_o people_n ver_fw-la 10_o 11._o the_o judgement_n repeat_v be_v the_o destruction_n of_o egypt_n and_o the_o egyptian_n put_v the_o land_n into_o the_o hand_n of_o other_o with_o a_o addition_n of_o dry_v up_o the_o river_n verse_n 10._o i_o will_v also_o make_v the_o multitude_n of_o egypt_n to_o cease_v the_o hebrew_n word_n for_o multitude_n be_v hamon_n which_o signify_v both_o multitude_n and_o noise_n for_o where_o there_o be_v a_o multitude_n there_o will_v be_v a_o noise_n egypt_n be_v populous_a and_o god_n will_v diminish_v the_o people_n they_o shall_v be_v slay_v and_o carry_v away_o captive_n so_o shall_v both_o the_o multitude_n and_o noise_n cease_v increase_v of_o people_n be_v a_o blessing_n the_o lessen_v of_o they_o a_o judgement_n by_o the_o hand_n of_o nebuchadrezzar_n hand_o here_o note_v power_n as_o in_o 2_o chron._n 2d_o 10_o and_o job_n 1.12_o all_o that_o he_o have_v be_v in_o thy_o power_n the_o hebrew_n be_v in_o thy_o hand_n nebuchadrezzar_n by_o his_o mighty_a powerful_a arm_n shall_v come_v and_o lay_v all_o egypt_n waste_n and_o make_v it_o like_o a_o wilderness_n army_n be_v the_o hand_n of_o prince_n by_o which_o they_o do_v great_a and_o dreadful_a thing_n verse_n 11_o the_o terrible_a of_o the_o nation_n shall_v be_v bring_v to_o destroy_v the_o land_n the_o word_n for_o terrible_a be_v arizze_v from_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d araz_v to_o deal_v violent_o to_o terrify_v which_o piscator_fw-la render_v crudelissiâ—â—_n the_o most_o cruel_a the_o septuagint_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d pest_n the_o french_a les_fw-fr plus_fw-fr hideâ—â—_n the_o most_o hideous_a and_o junius_n the_o most_o violent_a vatablus_n call_v they_o tyranni_fw-la gentium_fw-la the_o tyrant_n of_o nation_n those_o be_v most_o tyrannical_a and_o terrible_a god_n bring_v and_o set_v on_o work_n to_o destroy_v the_o land_n the_o chaldean_n be_v a_o bitter_a nation_n terrible_a and_o dreadful_a hab._n 1.6_o 7._o these_o word_n we_o have_v chap._n 28.7_o so_o terrible_a they_o be_v that_o they_o shall_v fill_v the_o land_n with_o dead_a body_n when_o a_o army_n of_o friend_n pass_v through_o a_o country_n no_o hurt_n be_v do_v but_o when_o a_o army_n of_o tyrant_n of_o strong_a and_o terrible_a enemy_n come_v to_o spoil_v what_o mischief_n will_v they_o not_o do_v verse_n 12._o and_o i_o will_v make_v the_o river_n dry_a heb._n drought_n though_o the_o chaldean_a army_n be_v great_a yet_o not_o so_o great_a as_o to_o drink_v up_o all_o the_o water_n of_o nilus_n which_o be_v one_o of_o the_o chief_a river_n in_o the_o world_n nilus_n have_v many_o rivulet_n cut_v out_o of_o it_o whereby_o the_o land_n be_v water_v all_o those_o may_v they_o stop_v up_o with_o earth_n and_o other_o material_n for_o their_o better_a passage_n and_o so_o the_o river_n be_v make_v dry_a or_o by_o river_n we_o may_v understand_v that_o benefit_n come_v by_o they_o the_o chaldean_n shall_v take_v away_o all_o the_o wealth_n of_o egypt_n which_o come_v by_o the_o river_n and_o so_o the_o river_n be_v as_o dry_a thing_n to_o the_o egyptian_n so_o maldonate_fw-it and_z some_z other_o interpret_v the_o word_n but_o rather_o thus_o god_n will_v send_v great_a spoil_n and_o desolation_n into_o egypt_n whereby_o the_o river_n may_v become_v useless_a unto_o they_o or_o shall_v we_o take_v the_o word_n literal_o as_o some_o expositor_n be_v of_o the_o mind_n viz._n that_o for_o the_o great_a wickedness_n of_o the_o egyptian_n god_n dry_v up_o nilus_n and_o punish_v they_o with_o sore_a famine_n as_o in_o the_o day_n of_o joseph_n it_o be_v when_o there_o be_v seven_o year_n of_o famine_n this_o sense_n may_v be_v safe_a or_o we_o may_v take_v river_n for_o the_o people_n and_o their_o power_n and_o sell_v the_o land_n into_o the_o
to_o pass_v in_o the_o twelve_o year_n in_o the_o twelve_o month_n in_o the_o first_o day_n of_o the_o month_n that_o the_o word_n of_o the_o lord_n come_v unto_o i_o say_v son_n of_o man_n take_v up_o a_o lamentation_n for_o pharaoh_n king_n of_o egypt_n and_o say_v unto_o he_o thou_o be_v like_o a_o young_a lion_n of_o the_o nation_n and_o thou_o be_v as_o a_o whale_n in_o the_o sea_n and_o thou_o come_v forth_o with_o thy_o river_n and_o trouble_v the_o water_n with_o thy_o foot_n and_o foul_v their_o river_n thus_o say_v the_o lord_n god_n i_o will_v therefore_o spread_v out_o my_o net_n over_o thou_o with_o a_o company_n of_o many_o people_n and_o they_o shall_v bring_v thou_o up_o in_o my_o net_n then_o will_v i_o leave_v thou_o upon_o the_o land_n i_o will_v cast_v thou_o forth_o upon_o the_o open_a field_n and_o will_v cause_v all_o the_o fowl_n of_o the_o heaven_n to_o remain_v upon_o thou_o and_o i_o will_v fill_v the_o beast_n of_o the_o whole_a earth_n with_o thou_o and_o i_o will_v lay_v thy_o flesh_n upon_o the_o mountain_n and_o fill_v the_o valley_n with_o thy_o height_n i_o will_v also_o water_v with_o thy_o blood_n the_o land_n wherein_o thou_o swim_a even_o to_o the_o mountain_n and_o the_o river_n shall_v be_v full_a of_o thou_o and_o when_o i_o shall_v put_v thou_o out_o i_o will_v cover_v the_o heaven_n and_o make_v the_o star_n thereof_o dark_a i_o will_v cover_v the_o sun_n with_o a_o cloud_n and_o the_o moon_n shall_v not_o give_v she_o light_n all_o the_o bright_a light_n of_o heaven_n will_v i_o make_v dark_a over_o thou_o and_o set_v darkness_n upon_o thy_o land_n say_v the_o lord_n god_n i_o will_v also_o vex_v the_o heart_n of_o many_o people_n when_o i_o shall_v bring_v thy_o destruction_n among_o the_o nation_n into_o the_o country_n which_o thou_o have_v not_o know_v yea_o i_o will_v make_v many_o people_n amaze_v at_o thou_o and_o their_o king_n shall_v be_v horrible_o afraid_a for_o thou_o when_o i_o shall_v brandish_v my_o sword_n before_o they_o and_o they_o shall_v tremble_v at_o every_o moment_n every_o man_n for_o his_o own_o life_n in_o the_o day_n of_o thy_o fall_n this_o chapter_n be_v of_o the_o nature_n of_o the_o three_o former_a and_o contain_v in_o it_o two_o prophecy_n both_o of_o they_o against_o pharaoh_n and_o the_o egyptian_n the_o 1._o be_v from_o the_o begin_n to_o the_o 17._o vers_fw-la 2._o from_o the_o 17._o to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o chapter_n in_o the_o first_o of_o these_o we_o have_v first_o the_o time_n of_o the_o pprophecy_n vers_fw-la 1._o second_o the_o tyranny_n and_o cruelty_n of_o pharaoh_n vers_fw-la 2._o set_v out_o by_o way_n of_o lamentation_n three_o god_n judgement_n against_o he_o declare_v in_o a_o allegorical_a way_n ver_fw-la 3_o 4_o 5_o 6._o four_o the_o event_n thereupon_o which_o be_v 1._o darkness_n vers_fw-la 7_o 8._o 2._o vexation_n vers_fw-la 9_o 3._o astonishment_n fear_n and_o tremble_a verse_n 1._o and_o it_o come_v to_o pass_v in_o the_o twelve_o year_n in_o the_o twelâ—th_o month_n in_o the_o first_o day_n of_o the_o month_n this_o be_v not_o in_o the_o time_n of_o zedekiah_n who_o reign_v but_o eleven_o year_n it_o be_v in_o the_o twelve_o year_n of_o jehoiachims_n captivity_n the_o twelve_o month_n and_o first_o day_n not_o long_o after_o the_o take_n of_o jerusalem_n and_o burn_v it_o with_o fire_n the_o lord_n give_v out_o this_o prophecy_n then_o that_o the_o jew_n may_v be_v take_v off_o from_o trust_v in_o the_o egyptian_n have_v cause_n sufficient_a to_o believe_v that_o ezekiel_n prophecy_n against_o they_o shall_v be_v make_v good_a as_o well_o as_o jeremies_n against_o themselves_o for_o it_o be_v the_o same_o spirit_n which_o breathe_v in_o they_o both_o and_o that_o they_o may_v reap_v some_o comfort_n after_o their_o suffering_n in_o consider_v god_n will_v deal_v so_o roundly_o with_o the_o egyptian_n who_o have_v deceive_v they_o verse_n 2._o take_v up_o a_o lamentation_n for_o pharaoh_n king_n of_o egypt_n take_v up_o a_o lamentable_a pprophecy_n declare_v what_o sad_a thing_n be_v come_v upon_o pharaoh_n whether_o the_o prophet_n be_v to_o lament_v for_o the_o destruction_n of_o pharaoh_n and_o the_o egyptian_n be_v questionable_a for_o he_o and_o they_o have_v oppress_v other_o deceive_v the_o jew_n and_o these_o judgement_n of_o god_n come_v upon_o they_o for_o their_o wickedness_n be_v just_a and_o righteous_a and_o so_o matter_n of_o rejoice_v yet_o because_o he_o be_v to_o utter_v dreadful_a and_o lamentable_a thing_n rejoice_v become_v he_o not_o but_o he_o be_v to_o be_v affect_v suitable_a to_o the_o matter_n deliver_v thou_o be_v like_o a_o young_a lion_n of_o the_o nation_n wherein_o tyrannical_a king_n and_o prince_n be_v like_a unto_o young_a lion_n have_v be_v show_v in_o the_o 19_o chapter_n the_o meaning_n of_o these_o word_n be_v that_o look_v what_o a_o lion_n be_v among_o the_o beast_n of_o the_o field_n and_o wood_n viz_o terrible_a and_o cruel_a the_o same_o be_v pharaoh_n among_o the_o nation_n young_a lion_n be_v fierce_a and_o devour_v their_o prey_n with_o greediness_n so_o be_v young_a tyrant_n and_o thou_o be_v as_o a_o whale_n in_o the_o sea_n in_o the_o 29._o ch_n ver_fw-la 3._o pharaoh_n be_v call_v hattannim_n the_o dragon_n or_o crocodile_n here_o cattannim_n as_o the_o whale_n it_o be_v tannim_n in_o both_o place_n and_o signify_v a_o dragon_n whale_n or_o sea-monster_n and_o such_o as_o a_o whale_n be_v in_o the_o sea_n viz_o troublesome_a dreadful_a and_o devour_a such_o be_v pharaoh_n on_o the_o deep_n a_o lion_n at_o land_n a_o whale_n at_o sea_n his_o dominion_n be_v large_a and_o wherever_o it_o be_v he_o mind_v the_o prey_n and_o thou_o come_v forth_o with_o thy_o river_n the_o septuagint_n have_v it_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d which_o the_o vulgar_a follow_v render_v ventelabas_n cornu_fw-la in_o fluminibus_fw-la tuis_fw-la thou_o do_v horn_n it_o in_o thy_o river_n the_o whale_n spout_v water_n so_o out_o at_o her_o nostril_n that_o fall_v it_o make_v a_o kind_n of_o horn_n and_o pharaoh_n dig_v or_o cut_v river_n out_o of_o nilus_n they_o be_v wind_v like_o a_o horn._n those_o be_v for_o this_o sense_n devine_n tagach_v in_o the_o text_n from_o nagach_n which_o be_v to_o strike_v with_o the_o horn_n or_o lascivire_fw-la cornu_fw-la and_o so_o vatablus_n turn_v the_o word_n lascivisti_fw-la in_o fluminibus_fw-la tuis_fw-la thou_o have_v tumble_v up_o and_o down_o and_o sport_v thyself_o in_o thy_o river_n and_o water_n other_o derive_v the_o word_n tagach_v from_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d which_o be_v to_o come_v forth_o or_o cause_n to_o come_v forth_o thou_o do_v invite_v other_o nation_n to_o revolt_v from_o nabuchadnezzar_n or_o thou_o do_v come_v forth_o with_o thy_o people_n and_o trouble_v other_o nation_n with_o invasion_n and_o war_n and_o trouble_v the_o water_n with_o thy_o foot_n and_o fowl_v their_o river_n he_o trouble_v all_o at_o home_n and_o all_o abroad_o as_o the_o whale_n or_o crocodile_n trouble_v the_o sea_n and_o the_o river_n and_o let_v not_o the_o fish_n be_v quiet_a any_o where_o they_o mud_n the_o river_n make_v the_o water_n boil_v so_o do_v this_o egyptian_a pharaoh_n he_o be_v like_o nilus_n which_o have_v turbidas_fw-la aquas_fw-la troublesome_a water_n he_o trouble_v the_o water_n when_o he_o constrain_v the_o people_n to_o leave_v their_o own_o land_n and_o to_o go_v up_o to_o carchemish_v by_o euphrates_n jer._n 46.2_o and_o as_o they_o go_v they_o must_v needs_o fowl_n the_o river_n make_v their_o comfort_n as_o dead_a and_o useless_a first_o observe_v that_o time_n of_o public_a calamity_n be_v special_o to_o be_v note_v ezekiel_n set_v down_o the_o year_n month_n and_o day_n when_o the_o lord_n tell_v he_o what_o dreadful_a thing_n shall_v befall_v pharaoh_n and_o the_o egyptian_n in_o the_o twelve_o year_n the_o twelve_o month_n the_o first_o day_n of_o the_o month_n he_o must_v take_v up_o a_o lamentation_n god_n judgement_n sometime_o be_v last_v and_o the_o duration_n of_o they_o can_v be_v know_v unless_o the_o beginning_n of_o they_o be_v take_v notice_n of_o second_o observe_v lamentation_n for_o the_o sin_n and_o destruction_n of_o other_o be_v from_o the_o lord_n son_n of_o man_n take_v up_o a_o lamentation_n for_o pharaoh_n king_n of_o egypt_n the_o prophet_n take_v it_o not_o up_o of_o himself_o but_o at_o the_o command_n of_o the_o lord_n chap._n 19.1_o god_n bid_v he_o take_v up_o a_o lamentation_n for_o the_o prince_n of_o israel_n chap._n 27.2_o he_o be_v enjoin_v to_o take_v up_o a_o lamentation_n for_o tyrus_n chap_n 28.12_o he_o must_v take_v up_o one_o for_o the_o king_n of_o tyrus_n lamentation_n for_o prince_n and_o state_n be_v at_o god_n appointment_n prophet_n be_v
lead_v they_o unto_o live_a fountain_n of_o water_n and_o god_n shall_v wipe_v away_o all_o tear_n from_o their_o eye_n nothing_o shall_v disturb_v or_o harm_v they_o they_o shall_v have_v no_o want_n but_o enjoy_v all_o spiritual_a good_a and_o abound_v in_o joy_n to_o god_n only_o be_v glory_n through_o jesus_n christ_n finis_fw-la a_o table_n of_o the_o scripture_n which_o be_v occasional_o clear_v and_o brief_o illustrate_v in_o the_o book_n the_o first_o number_n direct_v to_o the_o chapter_n the_o second_o to_o the_o verse_n the_o three_o to_o the_o page_n genesis_n chap._n verse_n page_n 9_o 4_o 148_o 14_o 14_o 236_o 32_o 9_o 401_o exodus_fw-la 20_o 26_o 370_o 32_o 7_o 99_o levit._n 26_o 13_o 27_o 3_o 17_o 377_o numb_a 22_o 6_o 228_o 19_o 9_o 313_o deut._n 6_o 6_o 7_o 8_o 9_o 355_o 356_o 30_o 20_o 112_o joshua_n 19_o 47_o 236_o 23_o 5_o 151_o judge_n 10_o 16_o 447_o 1_o samuel_n 14_o 16_o 222_o 2_o samuel_n 13_o 34_o 99_o 18_o 24_o 99_o 100_o 1_o king_n 8_o 11_o 363_o 2_o king_n 1_o 9_o 401_o 10_o 30_o 118_o 1_o chron._n 28_o 2_o 217_o 2_o chron._n 23_o 11_o 532_o 20_o 2_o 560_o job_n 21_o 15_o 136_o 11_o 2_o 281_o 19_o 10_o 440_o 39_o 27_o 258_o 36_o 22_o 351_o 17_o 9_o 357_o psalm_n 12_o 5_o 209_o 23_o 1_o 2_o 3_o 200_o 44_o 19_o 446_o 39_o 11_o 121_o 74_o 22_o 270_o 76_o 12_o 26_o 14_o 2_o 3_o 364_o 78_o 12_o &_o 43_o 218_o 40_o 2_o 448_o 90_o 11_o 13_o 94_o 23_o 301_o 46_o 4_o 561_o 110_o 3_o 340_o 132_o 13_o 14_o 291_o 140_o 11_o 281_o 143_o 10_o 358_o 145_o 15_o 16_o 261_o 119_o 14_o 356_o  _fw-fr 68_o 366_o  _fw-fr 143_o 356_o 144_o 15_o 377_o 126_o 12_o 396_o 127_o 1_o 397_o prov._n 11_o 23_o 261_o 23_o 26_o 165_o 14_o 9_o 335_o eccles_n 12_o 11_o 211_o cant._n 6_o 4_o 337_o isa_n 9_o 7_o 273_o 13_o 6_o 7_o 10_o 12_o 12_o  _fw-fr 27_o 27_o 11_o 6_o 219_o 10_o 67_o 12_o 19_o 18_o 23_o 2_o 2_o 367_o 5_o 10_o 411_o 28_o 26_o 29_o 397_o 41_o 18_o 19_o 570_o 43_o 3_o 377_o  _fw-fr 13_o 397_o 46_o 11_o 395_o 48_o 14_o 259_o 49_o 23_o 47_o 58_o 1_o 109_o 59_o 2_o 357_o 66_o 23_o 535_o jerem._n 46_o 8_o 9_o 10_o 7_o 8_o 31_o 15_o 16_o 27_o 392_o 393_o 1_o 10_o 81_o 5_o 11_o 12_o 13_o 137_o 7_o 9_o 10_o 372_o 23_o 3_o 236_o 31_o 12_o 405_o 32_o 27_o 374_o 46_o 11_o 34_o  _fw-fr 25_o 25_o 33_o 8_o 9_o 391_o 50_o 27_o 8_o  _fw-fr 33_o 231_o 51_o 34_o 412_o dan._n 5_o 10_o 11_o 361_o hos_fw-la 14_o 2_o 381_o  _fw-fr 6_o 566_o joel_n 2_o 1_o 7_o 3_o 2_o 216_o 238_o amos._n 3_o 2_o 242_o obad._n 1_o 2_o 268_o nahum_n 1_o 2_o 225_o zech._n 4_o 7_o 17_o 6_o 13_o 608_o  _fw-fr 11_o 331_o 7_o 14_o 158_o  _fw-fr 11_o 12_o 392_o 10_o 6_o 7_o 8_o 9_o 461_o 462_o 12_o 10_o 354_o 360_o 14_o 16_o 420_o  _fw-fr 8_o 567_o 571_o mal._n 3_o 14_o 136_o matthew_n 26_o 29_o 381_o 3_o 17_o 322_o 5_o 20_o 132_o 12_o 33_o 162_o 13_o 13_o 170_o 19_o 28_o 478_o 10_o 20_o 365_o 15_o 9_o 380_o 18_o 20_o 540_o 19_o 30_o 588_o 7_o 22_o 387_o mark_n 9_o 45_o 205_o  _fw-fr 49_o 376_o luke_n 4_o 28_o 29_o 331_o 17_o 21_o 363_o 22_o 29_o 30_o 381_o 18_o 14_o 588_o joh._n 3_o 6_o 360_o 6_o 63_o 361_o 14_o 16_o 363_o 15_o 5_o 360_o 6_o 68_o 552_o 16_o 13_o 558_o 15_o 2_o 400_o act_n 9_o 32_o 5_o 24_o 16_o 372_o roman_n 6_o 14_o 369_o 8_o 6_o 166_o  _fw-fr 14_o 352_o  _fw-fr 26_o 354_o 1_o corinthian_n 2_o 2_o 372_o  _fw-fr 15_o 353_o 6_o 17_o 362_o 2_o corrinthian_o 5_o 17_o 329_o 3_o 6_o 361_o 3_o 18_o 352_o 353_o 4_o 13_o 360_o 6_o 16_o 363_o ephes_n 6_o 18_o 354_o 2_o 10_o 366_o  _fw-fr 12_o 377_o  _fw-fr 18_o 315_o philippian_n 1_o 21_o 369_o collossian_o 1_o 21_o 222_o  _fw-fr 12_o 403_o 1_o tim._n 6_o 13_o 14_o 307_o 2._o tim._n 1_o 14_o 355_o hebrew_n 9_o 23_o 416_o 12_o 2_o 261_o 12_o 29_o 370_o peter_n 1_o 1_o 403_o 1_o john_n 2_o 1_o 418_o 2_o 20_o 351_o 3_o 5_o 372_o 4_o 4_o 352_o 5_o 7_o 362_o revel_n 11_o 19_o 608_o 20_o 6_o 307_o the_o table_n a_o abiathar_n why_o displace_v pag._n 374_o accidental_n to_o we_o be_v not_o so_o to_o god_n 13_o account_n god_n keep_v exact_a account_n of_o his_o people_n suffering_n 286_o 287_o adam_n have_v not_o the_o law_n write_v in_o his_o heart_n by_o the_o spirit_n as_o believer_n have_v 258_o administration_n what_o man_n to_o be_v in_o gospel_n once_o 374_o advantage_n god_n make_v that_o so_o threaten_v ruin_n 244._o affliction_n in_o it_o man_n observe_v how_o time_n pass_v 33._o god_n people_n long_o afflict_v 142._o man_n under_o great_a affliction_n have_v vain_a confidence_n 151._o add_v affliction_n to_o the_o afflict_a 285._o in_o great_a affliction_n great_a weakness_n be_v manifest_v 445_o affliction_n the_o lord_n be_v sensible_a of_o his_o people_n affliction_n 447._o though_o sharp_a and_o long_o yet_o they_o shall_v have_v end_n 272_o affection_n one_o sinful_a set_v other_o on_o work_n 264._o evil_a affection_n must_v be_v answer_v for_o 264_o 265._o other_o affection_n require_v when_o we_o come_v to_o god_n then_o when_o we_o converse_v with_o man_n 393_o agent_n in_o temple-work_n who_o they_o have_v need_n of_o 351_o altar_n of_o incense_n what_o it_o hold_v out_o 320_o 321._o it_o be_v call_v a_o table_n and_o what_o in_o it_o 321_o 322._o of_o burn_a offering_n 370._o why_o call_v harel_n and_o haanel_n ibid._n a_o type_n of_o christ_n 371._o anger_n what_o 263_o antiochus_n his_o miserable_a end_n 224_o apostate_n a_o dishonour_n to_o god_n 391_o architecture_n god_n work_n 396_o 397_o arms._n man_n bury_v with_o their_o arm_n and_o why_o 89_o army_n god_n can_v easy_o ruin_v they_o 227._o bring_v they_o to_o shame_n and_o miserable_a end_n 238_o aven_n what_o city_n 23_o b_o barren_n who_o be_v so_o and_o for_o destruction_n 575_o 576_o balance_n just_a one_o 410_o bath_n what_o 411_o beginning_n at_o first_o small_a 292_o bekkesh_a and_o daresh_a signify_v to_o seek_v distinguish_v 183_o believer_n have_v the_o law_n write_v in_o their_o heart_n by_o the_o spirit_n otherwise_o than_o adam_n have_v 358._o like_a to_o tree_n 565._o to_o fish_n 568._o believer_n god_n lot_n and_o portion_n 403_o blasphemer_n blasphemy_n hear_v 269._o god_n account_v their_o blasphemy_n against_o himself_o be_v against_o he_o ibid._n and_o 270._o ill_a to_o occasion_n blaspheme_v 302_o blessing_n temporal_a and_o spiritual_a be_v from_o god_n 227._o they_o be_v seasonable_a 229._o end_n of_o they_o it_o to_o acknowledge_v and_o honour_n god_n for_o they_o 230_o blood_n be_v upon_o one_o own_o hand_n what_o 101._o why_o blood_n be_v forbid_v 146_o 147._o whether_o now_o it_o may_v be_v eat_v 147._o bloody_a man_n have_v bloody_a end_n 257._o god_n visit_v thorough_o for_o it_o 258._o blood_n of_o christ_n free_v from_o guilt_n 315_o 316._o blood_n put_v upon_o the_o horn_n of_o the_o altar_n what_o it_o signify_v 375_o bones_o who_o mean_v by_o they_o 422_o 423._o god_n can_v enliven_v dry_a bone_n 435._o jew_n like_a bone_n 438_o bow_n what_o smite_v or_o break_v it_o mean_n 233_o branch_n three_o hebrew_a word_n for_o it_o 44._o a_o four_o ibid._n breadth_n of_o the_o house_n increase_v upward_o what_o it_o may_v note_v 317_o break_v god_n break_v king_n nation_n 33._o bond_n of_o his_o 213_o buckler_n what_o 492_o c_o canaan_n be_v god_n land_n habitation_n 260._o who_o inheritance_n it_o be_v 272._o true_a rest_n there_o none_o in_o babylon_n 449._o safety_n there_o 212_o 213._o division_n of_o it_o spiritual_a 403_o captivity_n god_n bring_v into_o it_o and_o out_o of_o it_o 272_o carcase_n of_o king_n what_o 354_o 355_o change_n god_n can_v make_v wonderful_a one_o in_o a_o little_a time_n 393_o chabash_n what_o bind_v it_o note_n 181_o charad_n open_v 11_o 269._o charak_fw-mi what_o it_o signify_v 31_o chamber_n what_o they_o note_v 296_o 297_o 329._o one_o above_o another_o what_o that_o imply_v 317_o cherubim_n in_o the_o temple_n what_o they_o note_v 313_o 319_o child_n of_o abraham_n know_v by_o their_o work_n 153_o increase_n of_o they_o god_n blessing_n 402_o christ_n what_o a_o shepherd_n he_o be_v 210._o how_o differenced_a from_o all_o other_o 212._o call_v david_n 213._o whether_o he_o have_v yet_o reign_v as_o a_o prince_n 215._o happy_a they_o who_o have_v he_o for_o their_o shepherd_n 216_o 217._o be_v he_o take_v away_o enmity_n 222._o the_o plant_n of_o renown_n 235_o 236._o yield_v good_a fruit_n 240_o christ_n call_v david_n 471._o what_o king_n 472_o 477._o whether_o he_o have_v yet_o be_v king_n over_o the_o jew_n 473_o 474_o